20-F
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON March
26, 2009
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 20-F
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
o
|
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR
(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
|
or
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
|
or
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
for the transition period
from to
|
or
|
o
|
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
Date of event requiring this shell company report
|
Commission file number
1-16055
PEARSON PLC
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
80 Strand
London, England WC2R
0RL
(Address of principal executive
offices)
Stephen Jones
Telephone: +44 20 7010
2000
Fax: +44 20 7010 6060
80 Strand
London, England WC2R
0RL
(Name, Telephone,
E-mail
and/or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact
Person)
Securities registered or to be
registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
|
*Ordinary Shares, 25p par value
American Depositary Shares, each Representing One Ordinary
Share, 25p per Ordinary Share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
|
* Not for trading, but only in
connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares,
pursuant to the requirements of the SEC.
Securities registered or to be
registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a
reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the
Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the
issuers classes of capital or common stock at the close of
the period covered by the annual report:
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares, 25p par value
|
|
|
809,276,583
|
|
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes
þ
No
o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by
check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934. Yes
o
No
þ
Note Checking the box above will not relieve any
registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their
obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and
large accelerated filer, in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
þ
Large
accelerated filer
|
o
Accelerated filer
|
o
Non-accelerated filer
|
|
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant
has used to prepare the financial statements included in this
filing
|
|
|
|
|
o
US GAAP
|
|
þ
International financial Reporting Standards as Issued by
the
International Accounting Standards Board
|
|
o
Other
|
If Other has been checked in response to the
previous question, indicate by check mark which financial
statement item the Registrant has elected to follow:
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the
registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act):
INTRODUCTION
In this Annual Report on
Form 20-F
(the Annual Report) references to
Pearson, the Company or the
Group are references to Pearson plc, its
predecessors and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the
context otherwise requires. Ordinary Shares refer to
the ordinary share capital of Pearson of par value 25p each.
ADSs refer to American Depositary Shares which are
Ordinary Shares deposited pursuant to the Deposit Agreement
dated March 21, 1995, amended and restated as of
August 8, 2000 among Pearson, The Bank of New York as
depositary (the Depositary) and owners and holders
of ADSs (the Deposit Agreement). ADSs are
represented by American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)
delivered by the Depositary under the terms of the Deposit
Agreement.
We have prepared the financial information contained in this
Annual Report in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)
which in respect of the accounting standards applicable to the
Group do not differ from IFRS as adopted by the European Union
(EU). Unless we indicate otherwise, any reference in
this Annual Report to our consolidated financial statements is
to the consolidated financial statements and the related notes,
included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
We publish our consolidated financial statements in sterling. We
have included, however, references to other currencies. In this
Annual Report:
|
|
|
|
|
references to sterling, pounds,
pence or £ are to the lawful
currency of the United Kingdom,
|
|
|
|
references to euro or are to the
euro, the lawful currency of the participating Member States in
the Third Stage of the European Economic and Monetary Union of
the Treaty Establishing the European Commission, and
|
|
|
|
references to US dollars, dollars,
cents or $ are to the lawful currency of
the United States.
|
For convenience and except where we specify otherwise, we have
translated some sterling figures into US dollars at the rate of
£1.00 = $1.46, the noon buying rate in The City of New York
for cable transfers and foreign currencies as certified by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes on
December 31, 2008, the last business day of 2008. We do not
make any representation that the amounts of sterling have been,
could have been or could be converted into dollars at the rates
indicated. On February 28, 2009 the noon buying rate for
sterling was £1.00 = $1.43.
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
You should not rely unduly on forward-looking statements in this
Annual Report. This Annual Report, including the sections
entitled Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors, Item 4. Information on the
Company and Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects, contains forward-looking statements
that relate to future events or our future financial
performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
statements by terms such as may, will,
should, expect, intend,
plan, anticipate, believe,
estimate, predict,
potential, continue or the negative of
these terms or other comparable terminology. Examples of these
forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to,
statements regarding the following:
|
|
|
|
|
operations and prospects,
|
|
|
|
growth strategy,
|
|
|
|
funding needs and financing resources,
|
|
|
|
expected financial position,
|
|
|
|
market risk,
|
|
|
|
currency risk,
|
|
|
|
US federal and state spending patterns,
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
debt levels, and
|
|
|
|
general market and economic conditions.
|
These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown
risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our or our
industrys actual results, levels of activity, performance
or achievements to be materially different from any future
results, levels of activity, performance or achievements
expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In
evaluating them, you should consider various factors, including
the risks outlined under Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors, which may cause
actual events or our industrys results to differ
materially from those expressed or implied by any
forward-looking statement. Although we believe that the
expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are
reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements.
5
PART I
|
|
ITEM 1.
|
IDENTITY
OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
|
Not applicable.
|
|
ITEM 2.
|
OFFER
STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
|
Not applicable.
Selected
consolidated financial data
Following the publication of SEC Release No
33-8879
Acceptance From Foreign Private Issuers of Financial
Statements Prepared in Accordance With International Financial
Reporting Standards Without Reconciliation to
U.S. GAAP, the Group no longer provides a
reconciliation between IFRS and U.S. GAAP.
The tables below shows selected consolidated financial data
under IFRS as issued by the IASB. The selected consolidated
profit and loss account data for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the selected
consolidated balance sheet data as at December 31, 2008 and
2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements included in Item 18. Financial
Statements in this Annual Report.
The selected consolidated financial information should be read
in conjunction with Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects and our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this
Annual Report. The information provided below is not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected from future
operations.
For convenience, we have translated the 2008 amounts into US
dollars at the rate of £1.00 = $1.46, the noon buying rate
in The City of New York for cable transfers and foreign
currencies as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
for customs purposes on December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except for per share amounts)
|
|
|
IFRS information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Income Statement data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total sales
|
|
|
7,024
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
3,990
|
|
|
|
3,662
|
|
|
|
3,340
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
359
|
|
Profit after taxation from continuing operations
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
Profit for the financial year
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
Consolidated Earnings data per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per equity share(1)
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
|
|
55.9p
|
|
|
|
78.2p
|
|
|
|
32.9p
|
|
Diluted earnings per equity share(2)
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
|
|
55.8p
|
|
|
|
78.1p
|
|
|
|
32.9p
|
|
Basic earnings from continuing operations per equity share(1)
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
|
|
52.7p
|
|
|
|
37.5p
|
|
|
|
26.4p
|
|
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per equity share(2)
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
|
|
52.6p
|
|
|
|
37.4p
|
|
|
|
26.3p
|
|
Dividends per ordinary share
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
|
|
33.8p
|
|
|
|
31.6p
|
|
|
|
29.3p
|
|
|
|
27.0p
|
|
|
|
25.4p
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet data at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
period end
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets (non-current assets plus current assets)
|
|
|
14,448
|
|
|
|
9,896
|
|
|
|
7,292
|
|
|
|
7,213
|
|
|
|
7,600
|
|
|
|
6,578
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
7,335
|
|
|
|
5,024
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
3,644
|
|
|
|
3,733
|
|
|
|
3,014
|
|
Long-term obligations(3)
|
|
|
(4,237
|
)
|
|
|
(2,902
|
)
|
|
|
(1,681
|
)
|
|
|
(1,853
|
)
|
|
|
(2,500
|
)
|
|
|
(2,403
|
)
|
Capital stock
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
Number of equity shares outstanding (millions of ordinary shares)
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
|
806
|
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
803
|
|
6
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Basic earnings per equity share is based on profit for the
financial period and the weighted average number of ordinary
shares in issue during the period. |
|
(2) |
|
Diluted earnings per equity share is based on diluted earnings
for the financial period and the diluted weighted average number
of ordinary shares in issue during the period. Diluted earnings
comprise earnings adjusted for the tax benefit on the conversion
of share options by employees and the weighted average number of
ordinary shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of share
options. |
|
(3) |
|
Long-term obligations comprise any liabilities with a maturity
of more than one year, including medium and long-term
borrowings, derivative financial instruments, pension
obligations and deferred income tax liabilities. |
|
(4) |
|
The results of the Data Management business (disposed in
February 2008) have been included in discontinued
operations for all years presented. The results of Government
Solutions (disposed in February 2007) and Les Echos
(disposed in December 2007) have been included in
discontinued operations for all the years to 2007. |
Dividend
information
We pay dividends to holders of ordinary shares on dates that are
fixed in accordance with the guidelines of the London Stock
Exchange. Our board of directors normally declares an interim
dividend in July or August of each year to be paid in September
or October. Our board of directors normally recommends a final
dividend following the end of the fiscal year to which it
relates, to be paid in the following May or June, subject to
shareholders approval at our annual general meeting. At
our annual general meeting on May 1, 2009 our shareholders
will be asked to approve a final dividend of 22.0p per ordinary
share for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The table below sets forth the amounts of interim, final and
total dividends paid in respect of each fiscal year indicated,
and is translated into cents per ordinary share at the noon
buying rate in the city of New York on each of the respective
payment dates for interim and final dividends. The final
dividend for the 2008 fiscal year will be paid on May 8,
2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year
|
|
Interim
|
|
|
Final
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Interim
|
|
|
Final
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Pence per ordinary share)
|
|
|
(Cents per ordinary share)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
11.8
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
|
|
33.8
|
|
|
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
*
|
|
|
53.7
|
**
|
2007
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
|
|
|
31.6
|
|
|
|
22.4
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
|
|
|
62.3
|
|
2006
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
|
|
|
29.3
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
31.4
|
|
|
|
51.4
|
|
2005
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
27.0
|
|
|
|
17.8
|
|
|
|
29.8
|
|
|
|
47.6
|
|
2004
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
17.4
|
|
|
|
26.4
|
|
|
|
43.8
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
As the 2008 final dividend had not been paid by the filing date,
the dividend was translated into cents using the noon buying
rate for sterling at December 31, 2008. |
|
** |
|
The US dollar values for dividends paid are translated at actual
rates on the date paid. In the prior table of selected
consolidated financial data, the US dollar dividends per
ordinary share are translated at the noon rate on
December 31, 2008. The difference between the two amounts
is due to the differing exchange rates on the date of payment of
the interim dividend and December 31, 2008. |
Future dividends will be dependent on our future earnings,
financial condition and cash flow, as well as other factors
affecting the Group.
7
Exchange
rate information
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,
information concerning the noon buying rate for sterling,
expressed in dollars per pound sterling. The average rate is
calculated by using the average of the noon buying rates in the
city of New York on each day during a monthly period and on the
last day of each month during an annual period. On
December 31, 2008 the noon buying rate for cable transfers
and foreign currencies as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York for customs purposes for sterling was £1.00 =
$1.46. On February 28, 2009 the noon buying rate for
sterling was £1.00 = $1.43.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
February 2009
|
|
$
|
1.49
|
|
|
$
|
1.42
|
|
January 2009
|
|
$
|
1.53
|
|
|
$
|
1.37
|
|
December 2008
|
|
$
|
1.55
|
|
|
$
|
1.44
|
|
November 2008
|
|
$
|
1.62
|
|
|
$
|
1.48
|
|
October 2008
|
|
$
|
1.78
|
|
|
$
|
1.55
|
|
September 2008
|
|
$
|
1.86
|
|
|
$
|
1.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
Average rate
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
1.84
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
2.01
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
1.84
|
|
2005
|
|
$
|
1.81
|
|
2004
|
|
$
|
1.83
|
|
Risk
factors
You should carefully consider the risk factors described
below, as well as the other information included in this Annual
Report. Our business, financial condition or results from
operations could be materially adversely affected by any or all
of these risks, or by other risks that we presently cannot
identify.
Global
economic conditions may adversely impact our financial
performance.
With the rapid deterioration in the global economic environment
during 2008, there is an increased risk of a further weakening
in trading conditions in 2009 which could adversely impact our
financial performance. The effect of a continued deterioration
in the global economy will vary across our different businesses
and will depend on the depth, length and severity of any
economic downturn. Specific economic risks by business are
described more fully in the other risk factors below.
A
significant deterioration in Group profitability and/or cash
flow caused by a severe economic depression could reduce our
liquidity and/or impair our financial ratios, and trigger a need
to raise additional funds from the capital markets and/or
renegotiate our banking covenants.
A prolonged and severe economic depression could significantly
reduce the Groups revenues, profitability and cash flows
as customers would be unable to purchase products and services
in the expected quantities
and/or pay
for them within normal agreed terms. A liquidity shortfall may
delay certain development initiatives or may expose the Group to
a need to negotiate further funding. If there was a steep
decline in operating profit the Group might breach its banking
covenants, creating (or exacerbating) a need for further funding
(or a renegotiation of the terms of the bank credit agreement)
to maintain operations. The current fragile state of the credit
markets could expose the Group to a risk that it could neither
re-negotiate its existing banking facilities, nor raise enough
new funding, at a cost level that was sustainable for the
business. Were this to occur, the inability to raise funding
would likely lead to a curtailment in investment and growth
plans, potential asset disposals (if possible), reduction or
elimination in the dividend and in an extreme case a need to
restructure the Groups debt, business model and terms of
trade. In such event, the value of the groups equity could
not be assured.
8
Our US
educational textbook and assessment businesses may be adversely
affected by changes in state and local educational funding
resulting from either general economic conditions, changes in
government educational funding, programs and legislation (both
at the federal and state level), and/or changes in the state
procurement process.
The results and growth of our US educational textbook and
assessment business is dependent on the level of federal and
state educational funding, which in turn is dependent on the
robustness of state finances and the level of funding allocated
to educational programs. State, local and municipal finances
have been adversely affected by the US recession. In response to
budget shortfalls, states and districts may reduce educational
spending as they seek cost savings to mitigate budget deficits.
Federal economic stimulus packages may provide additional
educational funding to compensate for budget shortfalls at the
state level.
Federal
and/or state
legislative changes can also affect the funding available for
educational expenditure. Similarly changes in the state
procurement process for textbooks, learning material and student
tests, particularly in the adoptions market can also affect our
markets. For example, changes in curricula, delays in the timing
of the adoptions and changes in the student testing process can
all affect these programs and therefore the size of our market
in any given year.
There are multiple competing demands for educational funds and
there is no guarantee that states will fund new textbooks or
testing programs, or that we will win this business.
Reductions
in advertising revenues and/or circulation will adversely affect
the profitability of our newspaper business.
Our newspaper business has diversified its revenue streams but
remains dependent on advertising income. The business has high
operational gearing; relatively small changes in revenue,
positive or negative, have a disproportionate effect on
profitability. Any downturn in corporate and financial
advertising spend due to the economic slowdown will negatively
impact the results of the Financial Times newspaper.
Our customers can increasingly access their information through
different channels and from alternative suppliers. This allows
our newspaper businesses to distribute and monetize their
content in new ways. Our ability to offer a range of content
channels provides some protection against the risk of decline of
any one format. For example, we might see a decline in print
circulation in our more mature markets as readers migrate
online, although we see further opportunities for growth in our
less mature markets. However, if the migration of readers to new
digital formats occurs more quickly than we expect, this is
likely to adversely affect print advertising and our
newspapers profitability.
At
Penguin, changes in product distribution channels, increased
book returns and/or customer bankruptcy may restrict our ability
to grow and affect our profitability.
New distribution channels, e.g. digital format, the internet,
online retailers, combined with the concentration of retailer
power pose both threats and opportunities to our traditional
consumer publishing models, potentially impacting both sales
volumes and pricing.
Penguins financial performance can also be negatively
affected if book return rates increase above historical average
levels. Similarly, the bankruptcy of a major retail customer
would disrupt short-term product supply to the market as well as
result in a large debt write off. The economic slowdown has
increased these risks in the short term.
Our
intellectual property and proprietary rights may not be
adequately protected under current laws in some jurisdictions
and that may adversely affect our results and our ability to
grow.
Our products largely comprise intellectual property delivered
through a variety of media, including newspapers, books and the
internet. We rely on trademark, copyright and other intellectual
property laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights in
these products.
We cannot be sure that our proprietary rights will not be
challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Our intellectual
property rights in countries such as the US and UK,
jurisdictions covering the largest proportion of our
9
operations, are well established. However, we also conduct
business in other countries where the extent of effective legal
protection for intellectual property rights is uncertain, and
this uncertainty could affect our future growth. Moreover,
despite trademark and copyright protection, third parties may
copy, infringe or otherwise profit from our proprietary rights
without our authorization.
These unauthorized activities may be more easily facilitated by
the internet. The lack of internet-specific legislation relating
to trademark and copyright protection creates an additional
challenge for us in protecting our proprietary rights relating
to our online business processes and other digital technology
rights. The loss or diminution in value of these proprietary
rights or our intellectual property could have a material
adverse effect on our business and financial performance.
In that regard, preliminary settlements of a class action
lawsuit brought against Google by the Authors Guild, and a
companion lawsuit brought under the auspices of the Association
of American Publishers, which challenged Googles plans to
copy the full text of all books ever published without
permission of the copyright owners, were reached in October
2008. Subject to a final court approval of the class action
settlement, now scheduled for June 2009, the settlement would
allow copyright owners of books covered by it to control the
online display of those books by Google, with a sharing of
revenues derived from that display.
We
operate in a highly competitive environment that is subject to
rapid change and we must continue to invest and adapt to remain
competitive.
Our education, business information and book publishing
businesses all operate in highly competitive markets, which are
constantly changing in response to competition, technological
innovations and other factors. A common trend facing all our
businesses is the digitization of content and proliferation of
distribution channels, either over the internet, or via other
electronic means, replacing traditional print formats. If we do
not adapt rapidly to these changes we may lose business to
faster more agile competitors, who
increasingly are non-traditional competitors, making their
identification all the more difficult.
Illustrations of the competitive threats we face at present
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Students seeking cheaper sources of content, e.g. online
discounters, file sharing, use of pirated copies, used books or
re-imported textbooks, causing us to lose sales and putting
downward pressure on textbook prices in our major markets.
|
|
|
|
Competition from major publishers and other educational material
and service providers, including not for profit organizations,
in our US educational textbook and assessment businesses.
|
|
|
|
Penguin: authors advances in consumer publishing. We
compete with other publishing businesses to purchase the rights
to author manuscripts. Our competitors may bid to a level at
which we could not generate a sufficient return on our
investment, and so, typically, we would not purchase these
rights.
|
|
|
|
FT: we face competitive threats both from large media players
and from smaller businesses, online portals and news
redistributors operating in the digital arena and providing
alternative sources of news and information.
|
|
|
|
People: the investments we make in our employees, combined with
our employment policies and practices, we believe are critical
factors enabling us to recruit and retain the very best people
in our business sectors.
|
A
control breakdown or service failure in our school assessment
businesses could result in financial loss and reputational
damage.
There are inherent risks associated with our school assessment
businesses, both in the USA and the UK. A service failure caused
by a breakdown in our testing and assessment processes could
lead to a mis-grading of student tests
and/or late
delivery of test results to students and their schools. In
either event we may be subject to legal claims, penalty charges
under our contracts, non-renewal of contracts
and/or the
suspension or withdrawal of our accreditation to conduct tests.
It is also possible that such events would result in adverse
publicity, which may affect our ability to retain existing
contracts
and/or
obtain new customers.
10
In December 2008, the Qualifications and Curriculum Authority
awarded Edexcel the 2009 National Curriculum Test (NCT) contract
following the termination of the previous contractor who
underperformed in delivering the 2008 NCT exams. This is a one
year contract for marking Key Stage 2 tests for 2009 only.
There is significant reputational risk to Pearson, should
Edexcel fail to deliver on this contract. Given the 2008
problems, there will be intense government and media scrutiny of
Edexcels performance. Furthermore, as the contract was
only awarded in late 2008, there is limited time to set up and
deliver the required marking services.
Our
professional services and school assessment businesses involve
complex contractual relationships with both government agencies
and commercial customers for the provision of various testing
services. Our financial results, growth prospects and/or
reputation may be adversely affected if these contracts and
relationships are poorly managed.
These businesses are characterized by multi-million pound
sterling contracts spread over several years. As in any
contracting business, there are inherent risks associated with
the bidding process,
start-up,
operational performance and contract compliance (including
penalty clauses) which could adversely affect our financial
performance
and/or
reputation. Failure to retain these contracts at the end of the
contract term could adversely impact our future revenue growth.
At Edexcel, our UK Examination board and testing business, any
change in UK Government policy to examination
marking for example, introduction of new
qualifications could have a significant impact on
our present business model.
We
operate in markets which are dependent on Information Technology
(IT) systems and technological change.
All our businesses, to a greater or lesser extent, are dependent
on information technology. We either provide software
and/or
internet services to our customers or we use complex IT systems
and products to support our business activities, particularly in
Interactive Data and business information publishing,
back-office processing and infrastructure.
We face several technological risks associated with software
product development and service delivery in our educational
businesses, information technology security (including virus and
hacker attacks),
e-commerce,
enterprise resource planning system implementations and
upgrades. The failure to recruit and retain staff with relevant
skills may constrain our ability to grow as we combine
traditional publishing products with online and service
offerings.
Operational
disruption to our business caused by a major disaster and/or
external threats could restrict our ability to supply products
and services to our customers.
Across all our businesses, we manage complex operational and
logistical arrangements including distribution centers, data
centers and large office facilities as well as relationships
with third party print sites. We have also outsourced some
support functions, including IT, to third party providers.
Failure to recover from a major disaster, (e.g. fire, flood etc)
at a key facility or the disruption of supply from a key third
party vendor or partner (e.g. due to bankruptcy) could restrict
our ability to service our customers. Similarly external
threats, such as a flu pandemic, terrorist attacks, strikes,
weather etc, could all affect our business and employees,
disrupting our daily business activities.
A
major data privacy breach may cause reputational damage to our
brands and financial loss.
Across our businesses we hold large volumes of personal data
including that of employees, customers and, in our assessment
businesses, students and citizens. Failure to adequately protect
personal data could lead to penalties, significant remediation
costs, reputational damage, potential cancellation of some
existing contracts and inability to compete for future business.
11
Investment
returns outside our traditional core US and UK markets may be
lower than anticipated.
To take advantage of international growth opportunities and to
reduce our reliance on our core US and UK markets we are
increasing our investments in a number of emerging markets, some
of which are inherently more risky than our traditional markets.
Political, economic, currency, reputational and corporate
governance risks (including fraud) as well as unmanaged
expansion are all factors which could limit our returns on
investments made in these markets.
Failure
to generate anticipated revenue growth, synergies and/or cost
savings from acquisitions could lead to goodwill and intangible
asset impairments.
We continually acquire and dispose of businesses to achieve our
strategic objectives. In 2007/08 we made two relatively large
acquisitions, i.e. Harcourt Assessment and Harcourt Education
International for $950m and eCollege for $491m.
Acquired goodwill and intangible assets could be impaired if we
are unable to generate the anticipated revenue growth, synergies
and/or cost
savings associated with these or other acquisitions.
Our
reported earnings and cash flows may be adversely affected by
changes in our pension costs and funding
requirements.
We operate a number of pension plans throughout the world, the
principal ones being in the UK and US. The major plans are
self-administered with the plans assets held independently
of the Group. Regular valuations, conducted by independent
qualified actuaries, are used to determine pension costs and
funding requirements. As these assets are invested in volatile
capital markets, the plans may require additional funding from
us, which could have an adverse impact on our results.
It is our policy to ensure that each pension plan is adequately
funded, over time, to meet its ongoing and future liabilities.
Our earnings and cash flows may be adversely affected by the
need to provide additional funding to eliminate pension fund
deficits in our defined benefit plans. Our greatest exposure
relates to our UK defined benefit pension plan, which is valued
once every three years. Pension fund deficits may arise because
of inadequate investment returns, increased member life
expectancy, changes in actuarial assumptions and changes in
pension regulations, including accounting rules and minimum
funding requirements.
A full valuation of our UK defined benefit pension plan will be
carried out during 2009. Any additional funding requirements
will be evaluated on completion of this actuarial review and any
additional contributions required are unlikely to be made until
2010.
We
generate a substantial proportion of our revenue in foreign
currencies particularly the US dollar, and foreign exchange rate
fluctuations could adversely affect our earnings and the
strength of our balance sheet.
As with any international business our earnings can be
materially affected by exchange rate movements. We are
particularly exposed to movements in the US dollar to sterling
exchange rate as approximately 60% of our revenue is generated
in US dollars. Sales for 2008, translated at 2007 average rates,
would have been £4,491m or 7% lower.
This is primarily a currency translation risk (i.e. non-cash
flow item), and not a trading risk (i.e. cash flow item) as our
currency trading flows are relatively limited.
Pearson generates approximately 60% of its sales in the US and
each 5¢ change in the average £:$ exchange rate for
the full year (which in 2008 was £1:$1.85) would have an
impact of approximately 1p on adjusted earnings per share and
affect shareholders funds by approximately £100m.
Changes
in our tax position can significantly affect our reported
earnings and cash flows.
Changes in corporate tax rates
and/or other
relevant tax laws in the UK
and/or the
US could have a material impact on our future reported tax rate
and/or our
future tax payments.
12
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
INFORMATION
ON THE COMPANY
|
Pearson
Pearson is an international media and education company with its
principal operations in the education, business information and
consumer publishing markets. We create and manage intellectual
property, which we promote and sell to our customers under
well-known brand names, to inform, educate and entertain. We
deliver our content in a variety of forms and through a variety
of channels, including books, newspapers and online services. We
increasingly offer services as well as content, from test
creation, administration and processing to teacher development
and school software. Though we operate in more than 60 countries
around the world, today our largest markets are the US (59% of
sales) and Europe (25% of sales) on a continuing basis.
Pearson was incorporated and registered in 1897 under the laws
of England and Wales as a limited company and re-registered
under the UK Companies Act as a public limited company in 1981.
We conduct our operations primarily through our subsidiaries and
other affiliates. Our principal executive offices are located at
80 Strand, London WC2R 0RL, United Kingdom (telephone: +44
(0) 20 7010 2000).
Overview
of operating divisions
Pearson consists of three major worldwide businesses:
Pearson Education is the worlds leading education
company, providing educational materials, technologies,
assessments and related services to teachers and students of all
ages. It is also a leading provider of electronic learning
programmes and of test development, processing and scoring
services to educational institutions, corporations and
professional bodies around the world. In 2008, Pearson Education
operated through three worldwide segments, which we refer to as
North American Education, International
Education and Professional:
The FT Group provides business and financial news, data,
comment and analysis, in print and online, to the international
business community. It has two major parts:
|
|
|
|
|
FT Publishing includes the globally focused Financial
Times newspaper and FT.com website, a range of specialist
financial magazines and online services, and Mergermarket, which
provides proprietary forward-looking insights and intelligence
to businesses and financial institutions.
|
|
|
|
Interactive Data provides specialist financial data to financial
institutions and retail investors. Pearson owns a 62% interest
in Interactive Data, which is publicly listed on the New York
Stock Exchange (NYSE:IDC).
|
The FT Group also has a 50% ownership stake in both The
Economist Group and FTSE International.
The Penguin Group is one of the most famous brands in
book publishing. We publish the works of many authors in an
extensive portfolio of fiction, non-fiction and reference titles
under imprints including Penguin, Hamish Hamilton, Putnam,
Berkley, and Dorling Kindersley.
Our
strategy
Over the past decade, we have set out to become the worlds
leading education company. Our objective is to help
people make progress in their lives through more
knowledge to help them live and learn.
Our goal is to produce consistent growth on three key financial
measures adjusted earnings per share, cash flow and
return on invested capital which we believe those
are, together, good indicators that we are building long-term
value of Pearson.
To achieve this goal, our strategy has four parts, common to all
our businesses:
|
|
|
|
|
Content: We invest steadily in unique publishing of stories,
lessons and information and keep replenishing it.
|
|
|
|
Technology and services: Content alone is not enough, and to
make our content more useful and enticing, we often add
technology. We now receive about a third of our annual sales
from technology-based products and
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
services, and these are many of our fastest-growing businesses.
Digital services of one kind or another are fundamental to every
part of Pearson today.
|
|
|
|
|
|
International markets: Though we currently generate
approximately 60% of our sales in the US, our brands, content
and technology travel well. All parts of Pearson operate in most
developed markets and we are also investing in selected emerging
markets, where the demand for information and education is
growing particularly fast. Our international
(meaning outside North America) education business,
for example, has almost doubled its sales over the past five
years. Five years ago, it accounted for 8% of Pearsons
profits; today it is approaching 20%.
|
|
|
|
Efficiency: The businesses of Pearson have a lot in common, in
costs, assets, and activities. Pooling those makes the company
stronger and more efficient. It also allows our businesses to
learn from each other and to collaborate to save money. On that
basis we have invested for efficiency through savings in our
individual businesses and through a strong centralised
operations structure. We are integrated in many areas where our
businesses share the same needs purchasing,
warehousing, distribution, facilities and real estate, project
management, people resources, finance and accounting, and
transactions. Over the past five years, we have increased our
operating profit margins from 10.6% to 15.8% and reduced average
working capital as a percentage of sales from 29.4% to 26.1%,
freeing up cash for further investment.
|
Operating
divisions
Pearson
Education
Pearson Education is one of the largest publishers of textbooks
and online teaching materials. It serves the growing demands of
teachers, students, parents and professionals throughout the
world for stimulating and effective education programs in print
and online.
We report Pearson Educations performance in the three
segments: North American Education, International Education, and
Professional. In 2008, Pearson Education had sales of
£3,112m or 65% (63% in 2007) of Pearsons total.
Of these, approximately 60% were generated in North America and
approximately 40% in the rest of the world. Pearson Education
generated 60% of Pearsons operating profit.
North
American Education
Our North American business serves educators and students in the
USA and Canada from early education through elementary, middle
and high schools and into higher education with a wide range of
products and services: curriculum textbooks and other learning
materials; student assessments and testing services; and
education technologies. Pearson has a leading position in each
of these areas and a distinctive strategy of connecting those
parts to support institutions and personalize learning. In 2008
we began to integrate our North American School and Higher
Education companies, which we believe will bring significant
opportunities to develop growth businesses, to share investments
and technologies and to gain further efficiencies.
Our North American School business contains a unique mix of
publishing, testing and technology products for the elementary
and secondary school markets, which are increasingly integrated.
The major customers of this business are state education boards
and local school districts. The business publishes high quality
curriculum programmes for school students, at both elementary
and secondary level, under a number of imprints including Scott
Foresman and Prentice Hall.
Our school testing business is the leading provider of test
development, processing and scoring services to US states and
the federal government. Its capabilities have been further
enhanced through the integration of the recently acquired
Harcourt Assessment business. We are also a leading provider of
electronic learning programs for schools, and of Student
Information Systems technology which enables elementary
and secondary schools and school districts to record and manage
information about student attendance and performance.
Our North American Higher Education business is the largest
publisher of textbooks and related course materials for colleges
and universities in the US. We publish across all of the main
fields of study with imprints such as Prentice Hall, Addison
Wesley, Allyn & Bacon and Benjamin Cummings.
Typically, professors or other
14
instructors select or adopt the text books and
online resources they recommend for their students, which
students then purchase either in a bookstore or online. Today
the majority of our textbooks are accompanied by online services
which include homework and assessment tools, study guides and
course management systems that enable professors to create
online courses. We have also introduced new formats such as
downloadable audio study guides and electronic textbooks which
are sold on subscription. In addition, we have a fast-growing
custom publishing business which works with professors to
produce textbooks and online resources specifically adapted for
their particular course.
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended
December 31, 2007 Sales and operating profit by
division North American Education for a
discussion of developments during 2008 with respect to this
division.
International
Education
Our International Education business covers all educational
publishing and related services outside North America.
Our International schools business publishes educational
materials in local languages in a number of countries. We are
one of the worlds leading providers of English Language
Teaching (ELT) materials for children and adults, published
under the well-known Longman imprint. We bolstered our position
further in international markets through the recent acquisition
of the Harcourt Education International business.
Outside North America, our International higher education
business adapts our textbooks and technology services for
individual markets, and we have a growing local publishing
program, with our key markets including the UK, Benelux, Mexico,
Germany, Hong Kong, Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, Japan and Malaysia.
We are also a leading provider of testing, assessment and
qualification services in a number of key markets including, the
UK under the brand name Edexcel, Australia, New Zealand, South
Africa, Hong Kong and the Middle East.
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended
December 31, 2007 Sales and operating profit by
division International Education for a
discussion of developments during 2008 with respect to this
division.
Professional
Following the disposal of Government Solutions in 2007 and Data
Management in 2008, our Professional education business is
focused on publishing and other learning programmes for
professionals in business and technology, and on testing and
certifying adults to become professionals. Over the past five
years we have significantly re-orientated our professional
publishing business towards long-term growth markets and built
professional testing into a profitable industry leader.
Our Professional education business publishes under the
following imprints: Addison Wesley Professional, Prentice Hall
PTR and Cisco Press (for IT professionals); Peachpit Press and
New Riders Press (for graphics and design professionals);
Que/Sams (consumer and professional imprint); and Prentice Hall
Financial Times and Wharton School Publishing (for the business
education market).
Our professional testing business, Pearson VUE, manages major
long-term contracts to provide qualification and assessment
services through its network of test centers around the world.
Key customers include major technology companies, the Graduate
Management Admissions Council, NCLEX, the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority and the UKs Driving Standards Agency.
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended
December 31, 2007 Sales and operating profit by
division Professional for a discussion of
developments during 2008 with respect to this division.
15
The FT
Group
The FT Group provides a broad range of data, analysis and
services to an audience of internationally-minded business
people and financial institutions. In 2008, the FT Group had
sales of £796m, or 16% of Pearsons total sales (16%
in 2007), and contributed 26% of Pearsons operating profit.
It has two major parts: FT Publishing, a combination of the
Financial Times, FT.com website, and a portfolio of
financial magazines and online financial information companies;
and Interactive Data, our 62%-owned financial information
company. In recent years the FT Group has significantly shifted
its business towards digital and subscription revenues.
FT
Publishing
The Financial Times is one of the worlds leading
international daily business newspapers, with five editions in
the UK, Europe, Middle East and Africa, the US and Asia.
Its main sources of revenue are from sales of the newspaper,
advertising and conferences. The Financial Times is
complemented by FT.com which sells content and advertising
online, and which charges subscribers for detailed industry
news, comment and analysis, while providing general news and
market data to a wider audience. The new FT.com access model was
successfully introduced in 2007 and is based on frequency of use
and is intended to drive usage and accelerate advertising
growth, while providing greater value and services to its
premium paying customers.
FT Business publishes specialist information on the retail,
personal and institutional finance industries through titles
including Investors Chronicle, Money Management,
Financial Adviser and The Banker.
Mergermarket, our online financial data and intelligence
provider, provides early stage proprietary intelligence to
financial institutions and corporates. Its key products include
Mergermarket, Debtwire, dealReporter,
Wealthmonitor and Pharmawire (which was launched
in 2007).
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended
December 31, 2007 Sales and operating profit by
division FT Publishing for a discussion of
developments during 2008 with respect to this division.
Interactive
Data
Interactive Data is a leading provider of financial market data,
analytics and related services to financial institutions, active
traders and individual investors. The companys customers
use its offerings to support their portfolio management and
valuation, research and analysis, trading, sales and marketing,
and client service activities. We own 62% of Interactive Data;
the remaining 38% is publicly traded on the NYSE (for more
information see NYSE:IDC).
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended
December 31, 2007 Sales and operating profit by
division Interactive Data for a discussion of
developments during 2008 with respect to this division.
Les
Echos
The sale of Les Echos to LVMH for 240m (£174m) was
completed in December 2007.
Joint
Ventures and Associates
The FT Group also has a number of associates and joint ventures,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
50% interest in The Economist Group, publisher of one of the
worlds leading weekly business and current affairs
magazines.
|
|
|
|
50% interest in FTSE International, a joint venture with the
London Stock Exchange, which publishes a wide range of global
indices, including the FTSE index.
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
50% interest in Business Day and Financial Mail,
publishers of one of South Africas leading financial
newspapers and magazines.
|
|
|
|
33% interest in Vedomosti, a leading Russian business
newspaper.
|
On March 27, 2008, Financial Times International Publishing
Ltd sold its 50% partnership interest in Financial Times
Deutschland GmbH & Co KG to Gruner & Jahr
AG & Co KG.
The
Penguin Group
Penguin is one of the most famous brands in book publishing. It
publishes over 4,000 fiction and non-fiction books each year for
readers of all ages, and has an extensive range of backlist and
frontlist titles including top literary prize winners, classics,
reference volumes and childrens titles. Penguin ranks in
the top three consumer publishers, based on sales in all major
English speaking and related markets, including the US, the UK,
Australia, Canada, South Africa and India.
Penguin is well known for its iconic Penguin brand, but it also
publishes under many other imprints including, Hamish Hamilton,
Putnam, Berkley, Dorling Kindersley, Puffin, and Ladybird. In
2008, Penguin had sales of £903m, representing 19% of
Pearsons total sales (21% in 2007) and contributed
13% of Pearsons operating profit. Its largest market is
the US, which generated around 57% of Penguins sales in
2008. The Penguin Group earns around 98% of its revenues from
the sale of hard cover and paperback books. The balance comes
from audio books and
e-books.
Penguin sells directly to bookshops and through wholesalers.
Retail bookshops normally maintain relationships with both
publishers and wholesalers and use the channel that best serves
the specific requirements of an order. It also sells through
online retailers such as Amazon.com, as well as Penguins
own website.
See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended
December 31, 2007 Sales and operating profit by
division The Penguin Group for a discussion of
developments during 2008 with respect to this division.
Operating
cycles
Pearson determines a normal operating cycle separately for each
entity/cash generating unit within the Group with distinct
economic characteristics. The normal operating cycle
for each of the Groups education businesses is primarily
based on the expected period over which the educational programs
and titles will generate cash flows, and also takes account of
the time it takes to produce the educational programs.
Particularly for the North American Education businesses, there
are well established cycles operating in the market:
|
|
|
|
|
The School market is primarily driven by an adoption cycle in
which major state education boards adopt programs
and provide funding to schools for the purchase of these
programs. There is an established and published adoption cycle
with new adoptions taking place on average every 5 years
for a particular subject. Once adopted, a program will typically
sell over the course of the subsequent 5 years. The Company
renews its pre-publication assets to meet the market adoption
cycles. Therefore the operating cycle naturally follows the
market cycle.
|
|
|
|
The Higher Education market has a similar pattern, with colleges
and professors typically refreshing their courses and selecting
revised programs on a regular basis, often in line with the
release of new editions or new technology offerings. The Company
renews its pre-publication assets to meet the typical demand for
new editions of, or revisions to, educational programs. Analysis
of historical data shows that the average life cycle of Higher
Education content is 5 years. Again the operating cycle
mirrors the market cycle.
|
A development phase of typically 12 to 18 months for Higher
Education and up to 24 months for School precedes the
period during which the Company receives and delivers against
orders for the products it has developed for the program.
17
The International Education markets operate in a similar way
although often with less formal adoption processes.
The operating cycles in respect of Professional and the Penguin
segment are more specialized in nature as they relate to
educational or heavy reference products released into smaller
markets (e.g. the financial training, IT and travel sectors).
Nevertheless, in these markets, there is still a regular cycle
of product renewal, in line with demand which management
monitor. Typically the life cycle is 5 years for
Professional content and 4 years for Penguin content.
Competition
All of Pearsons businesses operate in highly competitive
environments.
Pearson Education competes with other publishers and creators of
educational materials and services. These companies include
large international companies, such as McGraw-Hill and Houghton
Mifflin Harcourt, alongside smaller niche players that
specialize in a particular academic discipline or focus on a
learning technology. Competition is based on the ability to
deliver quality products and services that address the specified
curriculum needs and appeal to the school boards, educators and
government officials making purchasing decisions.
FT Publishing competes with newspapers and other information
sources, such as The Wall Street Journal, by offering timely and
expert journalism and market intelligence. It competes for
advertisers with other forms of media based on the ability to
offer an effective means for advertisers to reach their target
audience. Interactive Data competes with Bloomberg and Thomson
Reuters on a global basis for the provision of financial data to
the back office of financial institutions. In Europe, Telekurs
is also a direct competitor for these services. Smaller, more
specialized vendors also compete with Interactive Data in
certain market segments and in certain geographic areas.
The Penguin Group competes with other publishers of fiction and
non-fiction books. Principal competitors include Random House,
HarperCollins, and Hachette Group. Publishers compete by
developing a portfolio of books by established authors and by
seeking out and promoting talented new writers.
Intellectual
property
Our principal intellectual property assets consist of our
trademarks and other rights in our brand names, particularly the
Financial Times and the various imprints of Penguin and
Pearson Education, as well as all copyrights for our content and
our patents held in the testing business in the name of Pearson
NCS. We believe we have taken all appropriate available legal
steps to protect our intellectual property in all relevant
jurisdictions.
Raw
materials
Paper is the principal raw material used by each of Pearson
Education, the FT Group and the Penguin Group. We purchase most
of our paper through our Global Sourcing department located in
the United States. We have not experienced and do not anticipate
difficulty in obtaining adequate supplies of paper for our
operations, with sourcing available from numerous suppliers.
While local prices fluctuate depending upon local market
conditions, we have not experienced extensive volatility in
fulfilling paper requirements. In the event of a sharp increase
in paper prices, we have a number of alternatives to minimize
the impact on our operating margins, including modifying the
grades of paper used in production.
Government
regulation
The manufacture of certain of our products in various markets is
subject to governmental regulation relating to the discharge of
materials into the environment. Our operations are also subject
to the risks and uncertainties attendant to doing business in
numerous countries. Some of the countries in which we conduct
these operations maintain controls on the repatriation of
earnings and capital and restrict the means available to us for
hedging potential currency fluctuation risks. The operations
that are affected by these controls, however, are not material
to us. Accordingly, these controls have not significantly
affected our international operations. Regulatory authorities
may have enforcement powers that could have an impact on us. We
believe, however, that we have taken and
18
continue to take measures to comply with all applicable laws and
governmental regulations in the jurisdictions where we operate
so that the risk of these sanctions does not represent a
material threat to us.
Licenses,
patents and contracts
We are not dependent upon any particular licenses, patents or
new manufacturing processes that are material to our business or
profitability. Likewise, we are not materially dependent upon
any contracts with suppliers or customers, including contracts
of an industrial, commercial or financial nature.
Legal
Proceedings
We and our subsidiaries are defendants in a number of legal
proceedings including, from time to time, government and
arbitration proceedings, which are incidental to our and their
operations. We do not expect that the outcome of pending
proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have
a significant effect on our financial position or profitability
nor have any such proceedings had any such effect in the recent
past. To our knowledge, there are no material proceedings in
which any member of senior management or any of our affiliates
is a party adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries or in
respect of which any of those persons has a material interest
adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries.
Recent
developments
During 2008 Pearsons International Education business
announced its intention to increase its stakes in Longman
Nigeria from 29% to 51% for £9m and Maskew Miller Longman
(its South African publishing business) from 50% to 85%. Under
the terms of the Maskew Miller Longman agreement, Pearson
intends to create a new Southern Africa business and in return
for the increased stake in Maskew Miller Longman our current
joint venture partner will receive £46m in cash and a 15%
interest in Pearsons Heinemann and Edexcel businesses in
that region.
In addition Pearsons International Education business also
announced the acquisition of Fronter, a European online learning
company based in Oslo, for £16m. The Longman Nigeria
acquisition completed in early January 2009 and the Fronter
acquisition in February 2009. The Maskew Miller Longman
transaction is expected to complete in the second quarter of
2009 following regulatory approval.
Organizational
structure
Pearson plc is a holding company which conducts its business
primarily through subsidiaries and other affiliates throughout
the world. Below is a list of our significant subsidiaries as at
December 31, 2008, including name, country of incorporation
or residence, proportion of ownership interest and, if
different, proportion of voting power held.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
|
interest/voting
|
|
Name
|
|
Country of incorporation/residence
|
|
power
|
|
|
Pearson Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pearson Education Inc.
|
|
United States (Delaware)
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Pearson Education Ltd.
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Edexcel Ltd.
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
NCS Pearson Inc.
|
|
United States (Minnesota)
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
FT Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Financial Times Limited
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Mergermarket Ltd.
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Interactive Data Corporation
|
|
United States (Delaware)
|
|
|
62
|
%
|
The Penguin Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Penguin Group (USA) Inc.
|
|
United States (Delaware)
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
The Penguin Publishing Co Ltd.
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Dorling Kindersley Holdings Ltd
|
|
England and Wales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
19
Property,
plant and equipment
Our headquarters are located at leasehold premises in London,
England. We own or lease approximately 900 properties, including
approximately 300 testing centers in more than 50 countries
worldwide, the majority of which are located in the United
Kingdom and the United States.
All of the properties owned and leased by us are suitable for
their respective purposes and are in good operating condition.
These properties consist mainly of offices, distribution centers
and computer testing centers.
The vast majority of our printing is carried out by third party
suppliers. We operate two small digital print operations as part
of our Pearson Assessment & Testing businesses, one of
which was sold as part of the February 2008 Data Management
sale. These operations provide short-run and
print-on-demand
products, typically custom client applications.
We own the following principal properties at December 31,
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General use of property
|
|
Location
|
|
Area in square feet
|
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Kirkwood, New York, USA
|
|
|
524,000
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Pittston, Pennsylvania, USA
|
|
|
406,000
|
|
Office
|
|
Iowa City, Iowa, USA
|
|
|
310,000
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Old Tappan, New Jersey, USA
|
|
|
210,112
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Cedar Rapids, Iowa, USA
|
|
|
205,000
|
|
Office
|
|
Southwark, London, UK
|
|
|
155,000
|
|
Office
|
|
Hadley, Massachusetts, USA
|
|
|
136,570
|
|
Printing
|
|
Owatonna, Minnesota, USA
|
|
|
128,000
|
|
We lease the following principal properties at December 31,
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General use of property
|
|
Location
|
|
Area in square feet
|
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Lebanon, Indiana, USA
|
|
|
1,091,435
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Cranbury, New Jersey, USA
|
|
|
886,747
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Indianapolis, Indiana, USA
|
|
|
737,850
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
San Antonio, Texas, USA
|
|
|
559,258
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Newmarket, Ontario, Canada
|
|
|
518,128
|
|
Office
|
|
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, USA
|
|
|
474,801
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Rugby, UK
|
|
|
446,077
|
|
Office
|
|
New York City, New York, USA
|
|
|
430,738
|
|
Office
|
|
London, UK
|
|
|
282,917
|
|
Office
|
|
Harlow, UK
|
|
|
231,850
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Austin, Texas, USA
|
|
|
226,076
|
|
Office
|
|
Boston, Massachusetts, USA
|
|
|
225,299
|
|
Warehouse
|
|
Scoresby, Victoria, Australia
|
|
|
197,255
|
|
Office
|
|
Boston, Massachusetts, USA
|
|
|
191,360
|
*
|
Office
|
|
Glenview, Illinois, USA
|
|
|
187,500
|
|
Warehouse/Office
|
|
Bedfordshire, UK
|
|
|
187,248
|
|
Office
|
|
Bloomington, Minnesota, USA
|
|
|
153,240
|
|
Office
|
|
Parsippany, New Jersey, USA
|
|
|
143,777
|
|
Office
|
|
Chandler, Arizona, USA
|
|
|
135,460
|
|
Office
|
|
New York City, New York, USA
|
|
|
116,039
|
|
Warehouse
|
|
San Antonio Zomeyucan, Mexico
|
|
|
113,638
|
|
Office
|
|
London, UK
|
|
|
112,000
|
|
Warehouse
|
|
Cape Town, South Africa
|
|
|
111,259
|
|
Call Center
|
|
Lawrence, Kansas, USA
|
|
|
105,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Reduced to 53,248 square feet subsequent to year end
|
20
Capital
Expenditures
See Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Liquidity and Capital Resources for
description of the Companys capital expenditure.
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
The Company has not received, 180 days or more before the
end of the 2008 fiscal year, any written comments from the
Securities and Exchange Commission staff regarding its periodic
reports under the Exchange Act which remain unresolved.
ITEM 5. OPERATING
AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following discussion and analysis is based on and should be
read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements,
including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this Annual
Report. The financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.
General
overview
Introduction
Sales from continuing operations increased from £4,162m in
2007 to £4,811m in 2008, an increase of 16%. The majority
of the increase was in the North American and International
Education businesses which benefited from acquisitions made in
2007 and 2008. The year on year growth was also significantly
impacted by exchange rates, in particular the US dollar. The
average US dollar exchange rate strengthened in comparison to
sterling in 2008, which had the effect of increasing reported
sales in 2008 by £320m when compared to the equivalent
figure at constant 2007 rates. When measured at constant 2007
exchange rates, all of Pearsons businesses reported year
on year growth.
Reported operating profit increased by 18% from £574m in
2007 to £676m in 2008. Acquisitions and the relative
strength of the US dollar contributed to this increase and
operating profit would have been £71m lower if translated
at constant 2007 exchange rates. When measured at constant
rates, the main contributors to the increase were the
International Education and Interactive Data businesses which
together with an increased contribution from acquisitions more
than offset an increased charge for intangible amortization.
Profit before taxation in 2008 of £585m compares to a
profit before taxation of £468m in 2007. The increase of
£117m reflects the improved operating performance and
reduced net finance costs. Net finance costs decreased from
£106m in 2007 to £91m in 2008. The Groups net
interest payable decreased by £6m in 2008 as although our
fixed rate policy reduces the impact of changes in market
interest rates, we were still able to benefit from a fall in
average US dollar and sterling interest rates during the year.
Exchange losses of £11m in 2008 compare to a net exchange
loss of £17m in 2007. The losses in 2008 mainly relate to
the retranslation of foreign currency bank accounts together
with other net losses on inter-company items. The losses in 2007
principally relate to exchange losses on legacy euro denominated
debt held to hedge euro denominated proceeds from the sale of
Les Echos. Partially offsetting interest payable and exchange is
finance income relating to post retirement plans of £8m in
2008 compared to an income of £10m in 2007.
On February 22, 2008 the Group completed the sale of its
Data Management business and this business has been included in
discontinued operations for the period to February 22 in 2008,
and the full years in 2007 and 2006.
In 2007, the Group completed the sale of its French newspaper
business, Les Echos and its Government contracting business,
Government Solutions. The results of Les Echos and Government
Solutions have been shown as discontinued operations in the
consolidated income statement for 2007 and 2006.
Net cash generated from operations increased to £894m in
2008 from £659m in 2007. The improved cash generation in
2008 was partly due to exchange but also represents strong cash
conversion of operating profits from all of the Pearson
businesses. On an average basis, the ratio of working capital to
sales deteriorated slightly in the year largely as a result of
higher working capital balances at new acquisitions. Average
working capital comprises the average of the monthly carrying
values over the relevant 12 month period for inventory,
pre-publication costs,
21
debtors and creditors. Net interest paid at £76m in 2008
was £14m below the previous year as the net interest charge
in the income statement fell and the timing of payments was more
favorable. Tax paid in 2008 remained consistent with the
previous year at £89m compared to £87m in 2007. Net
capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment after
proceeds from sales increased from £72m in 2007 to
£73m in 2008. The net cash outflow in respect of businesses
acquired decreased from £472m in 2007 to £395m in 2008
whilst net proceeds from the disposal of businesses decreased
from £469m in 2007 to £111m in 2008. Dividends from
joint ventures and associates decreased by £9m largely due
to smaller special dividends received from the Economist in 2008
compared to 2007. Dividends paid of £285m in 2008
(including £28m paid to minority interests) compares to
£248m in 2007. After an unfavorable currency movement of
£410m, overall net borrowings increased by 50% from
£973m at the end of 2007 to £1,460m at the end of 2008.
Outlook
Pearson achieved a strong performance in 2008 against the
backdrop of a sharp deterioration in the global economy. Though
the company performed well, market conditions became more
difficult for some of our businesses as the year went on.
In the fourth quarter, trading momentum remained strong for our
education business. The Financial Times Group continued to
achieve good growth in particular at Interactive
Data and Mergermarket but FT Publishing saw a
decline in advertising revenues (which now account for 4% of
Pearsons sales). Consumer publishing markets in the US and
the UK were challenging, but Penguin performed well in the key
holiday selling season.
We are planning on the basis that the tough market conditions we
saw for some of our businesses towards the end of 2008 are
likely to persist throughout 2009. We expect to benefit from a
range of early actions to revise products and supply lines,
reduce costs and sustain investment.
Pearson
Education
In Education, we are planning for weak conditions in the US
School publishing market but expect continued growth in our
Testing, Higher Education and International Education
businesses. We expect the new US administrations emphasis
on education, reflected in both the economic stimulus package
and the focus on reform, to provide a significant boost to
education institutions. The extent and timing of the impact on
our business is unclear at this stage, so we have not included
these factors in our guidance.
FT
Group
At the FT Group, we anticipate continued strong demand for
high-quality analysis of global business, finance, politics and
economics; a tough year for advertising; strong renewal rates in
our subscription businesses; and continued growth at Interactive
Data.
The
Penguin Group
At Penguin, we expect another good competitive performance in
challenging trading conditions for book publishers and
booksellers.
22
Sales
information by operating division
The following table shows sales information for each of the past
three years by operating division:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
Education:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
1,679
|
|
International
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
FT Group:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT Publishing
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
Interactive Data
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
3,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
information by geographic market supplied
The following table shows sales information for each of the past
three years by geographic region:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
European countries
|
|
|
1,217
|
|
|
|
1,102
|
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
North America
|
|
|
3,028
|
|
|
|
2,591
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
3,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange
rate fluctuations
We earn a significant proportion of our sales and profits in
overseas currencies, principally the US dollar. Sales and
profits are translated into sterling in the consolidated
financial statements using average rates. The average rate used
for the US dollar was $1.85 in 2008, $2.00 in 2007 and $1.84 in
2006. Fluctuations in exchange rates can have a significant
impact on our reported sales and profits. In 2008, Pearson
generated 59% of its sales in the US (2007: 59%; 2006: 61%). We
estimate that a five cent change in the closing exchange rate
between the US dollar and sterling in any year could affect our
reported earnings per share by 1p and shareholders funds
by approximately £100m. See Item 11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
for more information. The year-end US dollar rate for 2008 was
£1:$1.44 compared to £1:$1.99 for 2007. In terms of
the year end rate, the weakening of sterling in comparison to
the US dollar in 2008 was much more significant than in previous
years and the relatively strong US dollar had the effect of
increasing shareholders funds. The net effect of movement
in all currencies in 2008 was an increase in our
shareholders funds of £1,050m (see also note 29
of Item 18. Financial Statements). The year-end
rate for the US dollar in 2007 was £1:$1.99 compared to
£1:$1.96 for 2006. The comparative weakness of the US
dollar was less significant in 2007 and the decrease in
shareholders funds due to the US dollar was outweighed by the
strength of other currencies principally the Canadian dollar and
the Euro which contributed to an overall increase in
shareholders funds due to exchange movements of £25m
in 2007.
Critical
accounting policies
Our consolidated financial statements, included in
Item 18. Financial Statements, are prepared
based on the accounting policies described in note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements.
23
Certain of our accounting policies require the application of
management judgment in selecting assumptions when making
significant estimates about matters that are inherently
uncertain. Management bases its estimates on historical
experience and other assumptions that it believes are
reasonable. These policies are described in note 1a(3) in
Item 18. Financial Statements.
Results
of operations
Year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended
December 31, 2007
Consolidated
results of operations
Sales
Our total sales from continuing operations increased by
£649m, or 16%, to £4,811m in 2008, from £4,162m
in 2007. The increase reflected growth, on a constant exchange
rate basis, across all the businesses together with additional
contributions from acquisitions made in both 2007 and 2008. The
year on year growth was impacted by movements in exchange rates,
particularly in the US dollar. 2008 sales, translated at 2007
average exchange rates, would have been £4,491m.
Pearson Education increased sales by £484m or 18% from
£2,628m to £3,112m. The North American business was
the major contributor to the increase and although much of the
increase was due to exchange and a contribution from the
Harcourt Assessment acquisition in 2008, we estimate that after
excluding acquisitions there was growth of 3% at constant last
year exchange rates. The North American Education business saw
growth ahead of the market in its US Higher Education business
and strong performances in state testing, catalogue tests and
clinical assessment in its US Assessment and Information
division. These businesses offset some decline in the US School
Curriculum business which faced a decline in the overall US
school publishing market of 4.4% (source: Association of
American Publishers). International Education sales also
benefitted from exchange and a full year contribution from the
Harcourt Publishing acquisition in 2007. After excluding the
effect of acquisitions we estimate that there was growth of 2%
at constant last year exchange rates. Although there was good
growth in the International Publishing business, the loss of a
key school testing contract held back growth in the
International Assessment business. Professional sales increased
in 2008 by 8% or 1% at constant last year exchange rates. Growth
in professional testing and certification was partially offset
by some decline in the professional publishing markets.
FT Group sales were 16% ahead of last year with growth at FT
Publishing and Interactive Data. FT Publishing sales were up by
13% or 4% after excluding the contribution from acquisitions
made in 2007 and 2008 and the effect of exchange. FT
Publishings sales growth was driven by a shift toward
subscription and service based revenues. The newspaper
maintained circulation but advertising revenues fell by 3% as
the advertising market weakened in the fourth quarter of 2008.
Interactive Data sales were up by 18% (9% at constant last year
exchange rates and before the contribution from acquisitions)
driven by strong sales to both existing and new institutional
customers and the maintenance of renewal rates at approximately
95% within the institutional services sector.
Penguins sales were up 7% in 2008 (3% at constant last
year exchange rates and before the effect of portfolio changes)
as a result of a strong publishing performance in all its
markets in a year where the business continued to publish
bestsellers and win awards.
Pearson Education, our largest business sector, accounted for
65% of our continuing business sales in 2008 compared to 63% in
2007. North America continued to be the most significant source
of our sales and as a proportion of total continuing sales
contributed 63% in 2008 and 62% in 2007.
24
Cost
of goods sold and operating expenses
The following table summarizes our cost of sales and net
operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
2,174
|
|
|
|
1,910
|
|
Distribution costs
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
Administration and other expenses
|
|
|
1,890
|
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
Other operating income
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
1,701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold. Cost of sales consists of
costs for raw materials, primarily paper, printing and binding
costs, amortization of pre-publication costs and royalty
charges. Our cost of sales increased by £264m, or 14%, to
£2,174m in 2008, from £1,910m in 2007. The increase
corresponds to the increase in sales with cost of sales at 45.2%
of sales in 2008 compared to 45.9% in 2007.
Distribution costs. Distribution costs consist
primarily of shipping costs, postage and packing and have
typically declined as the business moves more to online delivery
of products.
Administration and other expenses. Our
administration and other expenses increased by £290m, or
18%, to £1,890m in 2008, from £1,600m in 2007. As a
percentage of sales they increased slightly to 39% in 2008 from
38% in 2007.
Other operating income. Other operating income
mainly consists of freight recharges, sub-rights and licensing
income and distribution commissions together with income from
sale of assets. Other operating income remained fairly
consistent at £102m in 2008 compared to £101m in 2007.
Share
of results of joint ventures and associates
The contribution from our joint ventures and associates
increased slightly from £23m in 2007 to £25m in 2008.
The majority of the profit comes from our 50% interest in the
Economist.
Operating
profit
The total operating profit increased by £102m, or 18%, to
£676m in 2008 from £574m in 2007. 2008 operating
profit, translated at 2007 average exchange rates, would have
been £71m lower.
Operating profit attributable to Pearson Education increased by
£45m, or 12%, to £406m in 2008, from £361m in
2007. The increase was mainly due to exchange which offset the
effect of increased intangible amortization and the cost of
integrating Harcourt Assessment with the existing Assessment
businesses. Operating profit attributable to the FT Group
increased by £39m, or 28%, to £179m in 2008, from
£140m in 2007. The increase reflects exchange differences
and a contribution from new acquisitions but also reflects
improved margins at Interactive Data which offset some
reorganization costs at the Financial Times. Operating profit
attributable to the Penguin Group increased by £18m, or
25%, to £91m in 2008, from £73m in 2007. Although
Penguin benefitted from exchange there was also continued
progress on margin improvement.
Net
finance costs
Net finance costs decreased from £106m in 2007 to £91m
in 2008. Net interest payable in 2008 was £89m, down from
£95m in 2007. Although our fixed rate policy reduces the
impact of changes in market interest rates, we were still able
to benefit from a fall in average US dollar and sterling
interest rates during the year. Year on year, average three
month LIBOR (weighted for the Groups net borrowings in US
dollars and sterling at each year end) fell by 2.3% to 3.1%.
This reduction in floating market interest rates was partially
offset by higher fixed bond coupons prevailing at the time of
our 2008 bond issue. The overall result was a decrease in the
Groups average net
25
interest rate payable by 1.4% to 5.9%. In 2008 the net finance
income relating to post-retirement plans was an income of
£8m compared to an income of £10m in the previous year.
Other net finance costs relating to foreign exchange and
short-term fluctuations in the market value of financial
instruments included a net foreign exchange loss of £11m in
2008 compared to a loss of £17m in 2007. In 2008 the loss
related to the retranslation of foreign currency bank overdrafts
and a variety of inter-company items. In 2007 the loss mainly
related to losses on Euro denominated debt used to hedge the
receipt of proceeds from the sale of Les Echos. For a more
detailed discussion of our borrowings and interest expenses see
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Capital Resources and Borrowings
below and Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk.
Taxation
The total tax charge in 2008 of £172m represents 29% of
pre-tax profits compared to a charge of £131m or 28% of
pre-tax profits in 2007. Our overseas profits, which arise
mainly in the US are largely subject to tax at higher rates than
the UK corporation tax rate (28.5% in 2008 compared to 30% in
2007). Higher tax rates were offset by releases from provisions
reflecting continuing progress in agreeing our tax affairs with
the authorities.
Minority
interests
This comprises mainly the minority share in Interactive Data.
Our share of Interactive Data remained at 62% throughout 2008,
leaving the minority interest unchanged at 38%.
Discontinued
operations
Discontinued operations relate to the disposal of Government
Solutions (in February 2007), Les Echos (in December 2007),
Datamark (in July 2007) and the Data Management business
(in February 2008). The results of Government Solutions and Les
Echos have been included in discontinued operations for 2007 and
have been consolidated up to the date of sale. Operating profit
for Government Solutions in 2007 was £2m and the loss on
disposal after tax recorded in 2007 was £112m after a tax
charge of £93m. Les Echos operating profit in 2007
amounted to £1m and the profit on sale recorded in 2007 was
£165m. There was no tax payable on the Les Echos sale.
Datamark was bought with the eCollege acquisition in 2007 and
immediately sold. The only profit or loss recognized relating to
Datamark was a £7m tax benefit arising from the taxable
loss on sale. The Data Management business was included in
discontinued operations in 2007 and 2008. In 2007 the operating
profit before impairment charges was £12m compared to
£nil in 2008. The Data Management business was formerly
part of the Groups Other Assessment and Testing
cash-generating unit (CGU) and was carved out of this CGU in
preparation for disposal. As a result, the Group recognized a
goodwill impairment charge of £97m in 2007 in anticipation
of the loss on disposal. The loss before tax on disposal in 2008
was £53m, mainly relating to the cumulative translation
adjustment. There was a tax charge of £37m on the sale.
Profit
for the year
The profit for the financial year in 2008 was £323m
compared to a profit in 2007 of £310m. The overall increase
of £13m was mainly due to the improved operating
performance with a contribution from reduced net finance costs.
Offsetting this was the increased tax charge and increased loss
from the disposal of discontinued businesses.
Earnings
per ordinary share
The basic earnings per ordinary share, which is defined as the
profit for the financial year divided by the weighted average
number of shares in issue, was 36.6p in 2008 compared to 35.6p
in 2007 based on a weighted average number of shares in issue of
797.0m in 2008 and 796.8m in 2007. The increase in earnings per
share was due to the increase in profit for 2008 described above
and was not significantly affected by the movement in the
weighted average number of shares.
26
The diluted earnings per ordinary share of 36.6p in 2008 and
35.6p in 2007 was not significantly different from the basic
earnings per share in those years as the effect of dilutive
share options was again not significant.
Exchange
rate fluctuations
The strengthening of the US dollar and other currencies against
sterling on an average basis had a positive impact on reported
sales and profits in 2008 compared to 2007. 2008 sales,
translated at 2007 average exchange rates, would have been lower
by £320m and operating profit, translated at 2007 average
exchange rates, would have been lower by £71m. See
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk for a discussion regarding our
management of exchange rate risks.
Sales
and operating profit by division
The following tables summarize our sales and operating profit
for each of Pearsons divisions. Adjusted operating profit
is a non-GAAP financial measure and is included as it is a key
financial measure used by management to evaluate performance and
allocate resources to business segments. See also note 2 of
Item 18. Financial Statements.
In our adjusted operating profit we have excluded amortization
and adjustment of acquired intangibles. The amortization and
adjustment of acquired intangibles is the amortization or
subsequent adjustment of intangible assets acquired through
business combinations. The charge is not considered to be fully
reflective of the underlying performance of the Group.
Adjusted operating profit enables management to more easily
track the underlying operational performance of the Group. A
reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit
for continuing operations is included in the tables below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
North American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
|
42%
|
|
|
|
18%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
19%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
|
38%
|
|
|
|
17%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
10%
|
|
|
|
17%
|
|
|
|
13%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and adjustment of acquired Intangibles
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: continuing Operations
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: discontinued Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40%
|
|
|
|
17%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
10%
|
|
|
|
16%
|
|
|
|
12%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
North American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
|
40%
|
|
|
|
18%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
21%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
|
44%
|
|
|
|
14%
|
|
|
|
4%
|
|
|
|
9%
|
|
|
|
16%
|
|
|
|
13%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and adjustment of acquired Intangibles
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: continuing Operations
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: discontinued Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43%
|
|
|
|
15%
|
|
|
|
6%
|
|
|
|
9%
|
|
|
|
15%
|
|
|
|
12%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
North
American Education
North American Education sales increased by £335m, or 20%,
to £2,002m in 2008, from £1,667m in 2007 and adjusted
operating profit increased by £30m, or 11%, to £303m
in 2008 from £273m in 2007. The results were significantly
affected by the weakening of sterling, which we estimate
increased sales by £156m and adjusted operating profit by
£17m when compared to the equivalent figures at constant
2007 exchange rates. At constant exchange and after taking
account of the contribution from acquisitions there was
underlying growth in sales but some decline in profits as the
contribution from the US school curriculum business declined in
a falling market and we expensed costs on the integration of
Harcourt Assessment.
In the US school market, the Association of American
Publishers estimate that there was an overall decrease for
the industry of 4.4% as state budget issues caused particular
industry-wide weakness in the supplementary publishing segment
and the open territories (those territories that do not have a
state-wide adoption process). New adoption market share was 31%
in the adoptions where Pearson competed (and 28% of the total
new adoption market). The US School business launched
enVisionMATH, an integrated
print-and-digital
elementary mathematics program (and the next generation of the
innovative and highly successful California social studies
program). enVisionMATH helped to gain a market-leading 38% share
of all math adoptions, including 50% in Texas. The program also
sold strongly across the Open Territories. During the year the
U.S. Department of Defense awarded the US school business a
five-year contract to provide elementary-school reading
programs, including Pearsons Reading Street, for its
schools around the world.
In the US Assessment and Information business, the integration
of Harcourt Assessment progressed well with strong performances
in state testing, catalogue tests and clinical assessments. The
market-leading state assessments division continued to gain
share, winning almost half of the contracts competed for by
value and the business now provides major state-wide testing
services to 30 states. The business took the lead in online
testing with over 3.8 million secure tests delivered across
13 states during the year, up from 2.5 million in
2007. The National Assessments division benefited from new
long-term contracts including the American Diploma Project (a
three-year contract to deliver Algebra II exams to a
consortium of fifteen states); the College Boards
Accuplacer program (a seven-year contract to deliver
computer-adaptive reading, writing and maths test to assess
college readiness); and the National Board for Professional
Teaching Standards (a five-year contract to develop, administer
and score its National Board Certification program for
accomplished teachers, covering 25 certificate areas). The
leading position in teacher certification was boosted by a
three-year renewal in California, a six-year renewal in
Oklahoma, a four-year renewal in New Mexico and a two-year
contract to manage Californias certification testing for
teachers of English as a foreign language. The Clinical
Assessments division benefited from the strong growth of our
AimsWeb data management and progress monitoring service for the
Response to Intervention (RTI) market (which
28
monitors children who are having learning difficulty) and the
publication of WAIS-IV and MMPI-RF, new editions of the leading
products for assessing intelligence and personality. There were
major contract wins in Student Information Systems including
South Carolina (709,000 students), Dallas (165,000 students) and
Baltimore (83,000 students). There were also continued gains by
our new Edustructures business with State Education Agencies,
and it successfully implemented proof-of-concept projects in
Kansas and Alaska, and expanded projects in Virginia, South
Carolina and Wyoming.
The US Higher Education publishing market was up 3.6% in 2008,
according to the Association of American Publishers, benefiting
from healthy enrolments, even in tougher economic conditions,
and federal government action to support student funding. The
industry continues to see strong demand for instructional
materials that are enhanced by technology and customization. Our
US Higher Education business grew significantly faster than the
industry and outperformed the market for the tenth straight
year. There was continued investment in established and new
author franchises, such as Campbell and Reeces
Biology, Tros Chemistry, Lilienfeld, Lynn,
Namy and Woolfs Psychology and Wysocki and
Lynchs DK Handbook. There was also rapid growth in
MyLab digital learning, homework and assessment
programs, which now span the curriculum. MyLab products are now
used by more than 4.3m students globally, with student
registrations 48% higher than in 2007. Evaluation studies show
that the use of the MyLab programs can significantly improve
student test scores and institutional productivity. We saw
strong growth in Custom Solutions with our expansion beyond
custom textbooks to educational solutions including on-demand
authoring of original content, customized technology, and
on-demand curriculum, assessments and courseware. The Higher
Education business formed new strategic partnerships to provide
materials and online learning services to educational
institutions. These included Rio Salado College in Arizona,
which has 450 online classes and 48,000 students; the Colorado
Community College system, providing digital textbooks for 17
courses; and the Louisiana Community & Technical
College System, providing students with a customised online
learning program across 47 campuses through the combination of
custom textbooks, eCollege and MyLabs. eCollege, the platform
for fully-online distance learning in higher education,
increased enrolments by 34% to 2.5m and benefited from continued
strong renewal rates. It achieved good new business performance
in both the US and internationally, most notably in Brazil.
Overall margins in the North American Education business were
lower at 15.1% in 2008 compared to 16.4% in 2007 with the
majority of the decline attributable to the Harcourt Assessment
integration costs.
International
Education
International Education sales increased by £131m, or 18%,
to £866m in 2008, from £735m in 2007 and adjusted
operating profit increased by £43m, or 47%, to £135m
in 2008 from £92m in 2007. The results benefit from
exchange gains and a full year contribution in 2008 from the
acquisition of Harcourt International.
In the UK, Edexcel received over 1.3 million registrations
for vocational assessment which, when combined with more than
2.1 million registrations for general qualifications, made
it one of the UKs largest assessment organisations.
Edexcel marked 4.3m A-level and GCSE (national
secondary school examinations) scripts onscreen, representing
88% of all student work marked by their examiners. Edexcel also
made a significant investment in supporting the growth of
academic and vocational qualifications both in the UK and
internationally including the UKs new Diploma
qualification for
14-19 year-olds,
the IGCSE qualifications to meet the needs of International
schools and colleges and BTEC, Edexcels flagship
vocational qualification where registrations have grown from
about 70,000 to 250,000 in the last two years.
The UK school publishing business grew ahead of the market, with
Harcourt International making a significant contribution. This
was driven by curriculum reform and market share gains in the
secondary market, helped by strong publishing, innovative
technology and integrated assessment for learning. The
combination of Pearson content, customisation capabilities and
technology supported strong performances in Higher Education and
ELT across the European markets including France, Benelux and
Central and Eastern Europe.
The MyLab digital learning, homework and assessment
programmes were used internationally by more than 237,000
students, up 82% on 2007, and are now sold in more than 65
countries worldwide. MyLabs and Mastering Physics, two of
Pearsons online education programmes, continue to win
international adoptions, increasingly with localised versions
for individual markets.
29
In the Middle East, the business won a contract to deliver the
Abu Dhabi Education Councils external assessment program
over three years starting in 2009. The tests cover English,
Arabic, mathematics and science for students in grades 3 to 11.
Pearson worked with Jordans Ministry of Education to build
a test development system which has been enhanced to support the
creation of test items and tests in Arabic, replacing a
paper-based system.
In India, International Education saw rapid sales growth
underpinned by strong local publishing of titles including
Macroeconomics by Errol DSousa of IIM Ahmedabad and
Upinder Singhs book on Ancient and Medieval Indian
History. Two books published by Pearson Education won the First
and Third Prize in the Delhi Management Associations
DMA-NTPC Awards. In Thailand, Pearson secured its largest
adoption of MyITLab outside North America at Sripatum University
accompanied by the Go! Office 2007 series of textbooks.
International Education saw rapid growth in Mexico, the
business largest market in the Latin America region, with
particularly strong growth in custom publishing. In English
Language Teaching, we won an integrated custom publishing,
academic support and services solutions contract with CONALEP,
the national vocational/technical secondary program. We
developed a custom publishing program for a leading test prep
academy, CONAMAT, which included Simplified Mathematics,
the best selling title of the program, selling over
20,000 units. In Panama, the Ministry of Education adopted
Prentice Halls Virtual Labs and Lab Manuals for Chemistry
and Biology for 75,000 high school students. In Brazil, which
has Latin Americas largest and fastest-growing university
population, Pearson provided custom publishing services to five
leading universities in business, math, science, engineering and
several other fields. There was growing success in Government
tenders including a new local math series for middle schools in
Mexico and the adoption of two levels of our primary Science
program in Chile, adapted from our US Scott Foresman
5th/6th Grade program, to support local curriculum
standards in Spanish. Strong growth of English Language Teaching
materials across Latin America was underpinned by the
performance in Mexico, Argentina, Colombia, Peru and Central
America.
International Education margins continued to improve and the
increase in the overall margin from 12.5% in 2007 to 15.6% in
2008 continued to reflect increases in both publishing and
testing margins.
Professional
Professional sales increased by £18m, or 8%, to £244m
in 2008 from £226m in 2007. Adjusted operating profit from
continuing operations increased by £9m or 33% to £36m
in 2008, from £27m in 2007. Sales were affected by the
weakness of sterling, which increased sales by £15m when
compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2007 exchange
rates.
In professional testing (Pearson VUE), approximately 6m secure
online tests were delivered in more than 4,000 test centers
worldwide in 2008, an increase of 2% over 2007. Registration
volumes for the Graduate Management Admissions Council test rose
12% worldwide in 2008, including a 22% increase outside the US.
New business included contracts to provide certification exams
for the Health Authority of Abu Dhabi, end of course exams for
Maryland University College, certification exams for the
Institute of Supply Management, the development and
administration of tests for the Colorado Office of Barber and
Cosmetology Licensure and an exclusive contract with Adobe.
Renewals included contracts with the Georgia Insurance Licensing
Board, the Virginia Board of Nursing, the Law National
Admissions Consortium, Measurement Research Associates Inc., and
the Kentucky Real Estate Commission. Pearson VUE also announced
the transition of The Institute of Internal Auditors
certification exam, the Certified Internal Auditor, from
paper-and-pencil
to computer-based test delivery. The Certified Internal Auditor
designation is the only globally accepted certification for
internal auditors and will be delivered in English, Japanese,
French, Spanish and Italian. The business also agreed a
partnership with NIIT Ltd. of India to expand Pearson VUEs
certification network in India, extending a range of tests for
students throughout the country. In a first phase, Pearson VUE
and NIIT will set up testing facilities in Bangalore, Chennai,
New Delhi, Hyderabad and Pune.
In Professional publishing, The iPhone Developers
Cookbook by Erica Sadun initially published online as a
DRM-free ebook, became the number one computer book for Amazon
Kindle and the number one book on Safari. And, when published in
print form, became the number one Computers & Internet
Book on Amazon. Scott Kelby, an author at our technology imprint
Peachpit, was the top-selling author of computer books in the
United States for the fifth consecutive year with titles such as
The iPhone Book, Mac OS X Leopard Book and The
Adobe CS4 Book
30
for Digital Photographers. The Professional publishing
business created nearly 200 video based educational lessons
(230 hours of video) including Aarron Walters SEO
And Beyond, and Deitel & Associates C#
2008 Fundamentals I and II and built new distribution
channels for video via our web sites, and via Safari Books
Online. The business developed a new iterative publishing
programme called Rough Cuts which allows authors and customers
to interact ahead of publication, building awareness and
capturing customer contributions. Almost 25% of the print books
published in 2008 entered the Rough Cuts program, benefiting
from comments prior to print publication. There was also strong
growth in eBooks, videos and other digital assets sold directly
(via our websites and our joint venture, Safari Books Online)
and through other digital retail outlets (such as the Amazon
Kindle and Sony eReader). Sales of English and local language
technology books saw good growth in international markets
including the Middle East, South Africa, India and South America
with best-sellers including CCNA Exam Certification Library
by Wendell Odom, Presentation Zen by Garr Reynolds
and Effective Java 2E by Josh Bloch. Titles by
Pearsons business imprints, including FTPress and Wharton
School Publishing, included Financial Shock by Mark
Zandi, Chief Economist at Moodys and an advisor to the
White House, on the causes of the credit crunch with particular
emphasis on the sub-prime mortgage market.
Overall margins in the Professional business continued their
rapid improvement and were higher at 14.8% in 2008 compared to
11.9% in 2006 as margins improved again in both the testing and
professional publishing businesses.
FT
Publishing
Sales at FT Publishing increased by £46m or 13%, from
£344m in 2007 to £390m in 2008. Adjusted operating
profit from continuing operations increased by £18m, from
£56m in 2007 to £74m in 2008. The sales and profit
increase is mainly generated by Mergermarket, which continued to
perform strongly.
FT Publishing benefited from the shift towards subscription and
service-based revenues despite a tough advertising market,
particularly in the fourth quarter. Financial Times
maintained worldwide newspaper circulation at approximately
435,000 (434,196 average for the June-December ABC period) and
won both major UK press awards: Newspaper of the Year at the
2008 British Press Awards and Newspaper Awards. In the UK
National Readership Survey, readership rose more than 16% to
418,000. Financial Times circulation revenues were up 16%
as investment in content and demand for high-quality analysis of
the global financial crisis supported increases in pricing and
quality of circulation. FT Publishing advertising revenues were
3% lower for the full year, with a significantly weaker
advertising market in the fourth quarter as financial
institutions, technology companies and recruiters reduced their
marketing investment. During 2008 we took a series of actions to
reduce cost and prepare for more difficult trading conditions in
2009. The Financial Times continued to invest in international
expansion and fast-growing markets. It successfully launched a
new edition for the Middle East, and Rui, a lifestyle and
wealth-management magazine for Chinas fast-growing
business elite.
FT.com benefited from the launch of an innovative new access
model involving registration for access to more than three
articles per month. Subscribers grew 9% to 109,609, while
registered users increased more than five-fold from about
150,000 at the end of 2007 to 966,000 at the end of 2008.
There was a strong performance from Mergermarket, benefiting
from its digital subscription model, with contract renewal rates
of almost 85%. The Mergermarket and Debtwire products performed
particularly well, emphasising that the services remain valuable
to customers throughout the cycle. Mergermarket launched two new
products, Debtwire ABS and Debtwire Restructuring Database, in
response to growing levels of distressed asset sales and
restructuring funds. It continued to expand and acquire new
customers geographically in the US, Europe and Asia, launching
its M&A event-driven product, dealReporter, in Russia,
Poland, Turkey, the UAE and South Africa. Mergermarket also
continued to build its Pharmawire product for financial
institutions that support the pharmaceutical industry.
Mergermarkets conference business, Remark, had a strong
year, with significant growth in the number of events, attendees
and newsletter publications. It also increased its digital
offering in this business through video, podcasts and live
webcasts. In January 2008, FT acquired Money-Media, which
provides online news and commentary for the fund-management
industry. During the year, Money-Media rolled out Ignites
Europe, an online news service for people working with the
European cross-border fund industry.
31
At The Economist, in which Pearson owns a 50% stake, global
weekly circulation increased by 6.4% to 1.39 m (for the
July-December 2008 ABC period). FTSE, in which Pearson also owns
a 50% stake, announced several new indices including expansion
of the FTSE Environmental Opportunities Index and introduction,
in partnership with the Athens Exchange, of the FTSE/ATHEX
Liquid Mid Index. Our share of the profits of the Economist and
FTSE totaled £18m in 2008 compared to £17m in 2007.
Overall margins at FT Publishing continued to increase driven by
the online businesses and in 2008 were 19.0% compared to 16.3%
in 2007.
Interactive
Data
Interactive Data, grew its sales by 18% from £344m in 2007
to £406m in 2008. Adjusted operating profit grew by 25%
from £97m in 2007 to £121m in 2008. Interactive Data
margins increased from 28.2% in 2007 to 29.8% in 2008. Both
sales and adjusted operating profit were affected by the
relative strength of the US dollar, which we estimate increased
sales by £28m and adjusted operating profit by £9m
when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2007
exchange rates.
Interactive Data revenue growth was driven by strong new sales
and approximately 95% renewal rates within its Institutional
Services segment. Pricing and Reference Data continued to
generate good growth in North America and Europe. Growth was
primarily organic, providing additional services to customers;
but it also benefited from bolt-on acquisitions, most recently
the purchase of NDF, a leading provider of securities pricing,
reference data and related services to most of the major
financial institutions in Japan. Real-Time Services saw strong
growth in its real-time data feeds business and continued
expansion of its Managed Solutions business in the United
States. Real-Time Services added a number of new market sources
in North America and the Middle East. The Managed Solutions
business announced that it had doubled the number of clients in
the United States during the past year to 80. There was
continued investment in expanding the breadth and depth of the
data covered and products offered, including a new alliance to
provide complex derivatives and structured product valuation
services; and in the capacity of its real-time infrastructure to
allow for the anticipated growth in real-time market data
volumes.
Interactive Data continued to benefit from growth trends,
including heightened scrutiny around the valuation of
securities, increasing regulation, increasing adoption of low
latency data for algorithmic trading and continuing need to
differentiate wealth management offerings with bespoke client
interface solutions.
The
Penguin Group
Penguin Group sales increased to £903m in 2008 from
£846m in 2007 and adjusted operating profit was up 26% to
£93m in 2008 from £74m in 2007. Both sales and
adjusted operating profit were affected by the stronger US
dollar which we estimate increased sales by £54m and
adjusted operating profit by £16m when compared to the
equivalent figures at constant 2007 exchange rates.
In the US, Penguin had a number one New York Times
bestseller for 49 weeks of the year, including Patricia
Cornwells Scarpetta, Eckhart Tolles A New
Earth and Greg Mortensons Three Cups of Tea.
Penguin authors won the major industry awards. Junot Díaz
won The Pulitzer Prize for Fiction and the National Book Critics
Circle Award for Fiction for The Brief Wondrous Life of Oscar
Wao, and Barton Gellman won the Pulitzer Prize for National
Reporting.
In the UK, Penguin had 67 top ten bestsellers versus 52 in 2007,
according to BookScan. The number one bestseller Devil May
Care, the new James Bond novel by Sebastian Faulks, was the
fastest-selling hardback fiction title in Penguin UKs
history and third-bestselling in the UK in 2008. Other
bestsellers included This Charming Man by Marian Keyes,
The Beach House by Jane Green and Jamies
Ministry of Food by Jamie Oliver. Penguin UK also published
many more paperback originals, including Judith
OReillys A Wife in the North.
In Australia, Penguin was named Publisher of the Year at the
Australian Book Industry Awards (and won four of the seven
awards for individual books) and grew sales ahead of its markets
with bestsellers including titles from Australian authors Bryce
Courtenay and Tim Winton alongside international authors Marian
Keyes and Eckhart Tolle. In India, Penguin is the largest trade
publisher and continued to grow rapidly with authors such as
Shobhaa
32
De, Amitav Ghosh and Nandan Nilekani. It also won the major
English language prizes in Indias national book awards.
Penguins eBook publishing and sales expanded significantly
in 2008, with nearly five-fold growth in eBook sales in the US.
Penguin worldwide now has 8,500 eBook titles available, more
than double the number available in 2007 and during the year
Penguin US launched an Enriched eBook Classics series with Jane
Austens Pride and Prejudice, which debuted in the
top 10 on the Amazon Kindle bestseller list. The series is now
sold via online stores on both Amazon.com and Penguin.com.
Traffic for all Penguins web sites increased 37% to
17 million unique users.
Year
ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended
December 31, 2006
Consolidated
results of operations
Sales
Our total sales from continuing operations increased by
£172m, or 4%, to £4,162m in 2007, from £3,990m in
2006. The increase reflected growth, on a constant exchange rate
basis, across all the businesses together with additional
contributions from acquisitions made in both 2006 and 2007. The
year on year growth was impacted by movements in exchange rates,
particularly in the US dollar. 2007 sales, translated at 2006
average exchange rates, would have been £4,385m.
Pearson Education had another year of growth with an increase in
sales of 4%. The International Education business was the
biggest contributor to this growth with an increase of 15%. Some
of the Pearson Education increase was due to a full year
contribution from acquisitions made in 2006 and to additional
contribution from the Harcourt acquisition in 2007. We estimate
that after excluding these acquisitions the growth would have
been 6% at constant last year exchange rates.
In North America, US School publishing sales were up 3.5%
compared to an industry increase of 2.7% (source: Association of
American Publishers) as the business benefited from sustained
investment in new basal programs and innovative digital
services. US School testing grew in double digits and although
US Higher Education sales were 1% behind the previous year on a
headline basis, they would have been 6% ahead of the previous
year at constant 2006 exchange rates and after taking account of
portfolio changes. This increase meant that the US Higher
Education business grew faster than the industry for the ninth
successive year.
There was also faster growth in international school publishing
and international testing sales, principally in the UK, where
sales were up in double digits after benefiting from further
contract wins, market share gains and strength in on-line
assessment.
In the Professional business, Professional testing sales were up
by 10% in 2007 as approximately 5.8m secure online tests were
delivered in more than 5,000 testing centers worldwide.
Professional publishing sales increased in 2007 by 7%, after a
number of years of decline in the professional publishing
markets, as it benefited from a focused and refreshed front
list, a favorable software release schedule and sales from
Safari Books Online, our electronic publishing platform (a joint
venture with OReilly Media).
The FT Group sales were 12% ahead of 2006 with a full year
contribution from Mergermarket acquired in the second half of
2006. FT Publishing sales were up by 23% or 12% after excluding
the contribution from acquisitions made in 2006 and 2007. FT
Publishing growth was driven by a 10% increase in advertising
revenues, circulation up 2% and a strong contribution from
FT.com. Interactive Data sales were up by 4% (8% at constant
2006 exchange rates and before the contribution from
acquisitions) driven by strong sales to both existing and new
institutional customers and a renewal rate of approximately 95%
within the institutional services sector.
Penguins sales were flat year on year but would have
increased by 3% translated at 2006 average exchange rates as a
result of its successful global publishing performance and
another outstanding year for bestsellers in the US and UK.
33
Pearson Education, our largest business sector, accounted for
63% of our continuing business sales in both 2007 and 2006.
North America continued to be the most significant source of our
sales and as a proportion of total continuing sales contributed
62% in 2007 and 65% in 2006.
Cost
of goods sold and operating expenses
The following table summarizes our cost of sales and net
operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,910
|
|
|
|
1,841
|
|
Distribution costs
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
Administration and other expenses
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
|
|
1,518
|
|
Other operating income
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,701
|
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold. Cost of sales consists of
costs for raw materials, primarily paper, printing and binding
costs, amortization of pre-publication costs and royalty
charges. Our cost of sales increased by £69m, or 4%, to
£1,910m in 2007, from £1,841m in 2006. The increase
corresponds to the increase in sales with cost of sales at 45.9%
of sales in 2007 compared to 46.1% in 2006.
Distribution costs. Distribution costs consist
primarily of shipping costs, postage and packing and have
typically declined as the business moves more to online delivery
of products.
Administration and other expenses. Our
administration and other expenses increased by £82m, or 5%,
to £1,600m in 2007, from £1,518m in 2006. As a
percentage of sales they remained at 38% in both 2007 and 2006.
Other operating income. Other operating income
mainly consists of freight recharges, sub-rights and licensing
income and distribution commissions together with income from
sale of assets. Other operating income increased marginally by
2% to £101m in 2007 from £99m in 2006.
Share
of results of joint ventures and associates
The contribution from our joint ventures and associates
decreased slightly from £24m in 2006 to £23m in 2007.
Our share of profit from the Economist in 2006 included a
one-off gain of £4m from the sale of its interest in
Commonwealth Business Media Inc which was not repeated in 2007.
Operating
profit
The total operating profit increased by £52m, or 10%, to
£574m in 2007 from £522m in 2006. 2007 operating
profit, translated at 2006 average exchange rates, would have
been £34m higher.
Operating profit attributable to Pearson Education increased by
£9m, or 3%, to £361m in 2007, from £352m in 2006.
The increase was due to continued improvement in School and
Professional margins, but was offset by an increase in
intangible amortization from £18m in 2006 to £31m in
2007. Operating profit attributable to the FT Group increased by
£28m, or 25%, to £140m in 2007, from £112m in
2006. The increase reflects the increase in revenues from both
established businesses and an increased contribution from new
acquisitions but also reflects improvements in margins
particularly at FT Publishing. Operating profit attributable to
the Penguin Group increased by £15m, or 26%, to £73m
in 2007, from £58m in 2006 although the 2006 result
included a one off goodwill charge of £7m relating to the
recognition of pre-acquisition tax losses at Dorling Kindersley.
Net
finance costs
Net finance costs increased from £74m in 2006 to £106m
in 2007. Net interest payable in 2007 was £95m, up from
£94m in 2006. Although we were partly protected by our
fixed rate policy, the strong rise in average US dollar
34
floating interest rates had an adverse effect. Year on year,
average three month LIBOR (weighted for the Groups
borrowings in US dollars, euros and sterling at the year end)
rose by 0.5% to 5.4%, reflecting a rise in interest rates and a
change in the currency mix of year end debt. These two factors,
partly offset by a decrease in the Groups average net debt
of £90m, increased the Groups average net interest
rate payable by 0.3% to 7.3%. In 2007 the net finance income
relating to post-retirement plans was an income of £10m
compared to an income of £4m in the previous year.
Other net finance income relating to foreign exchange and
short-term fluctuations in the market value of financial
instruments included a net foreign exchange loss of £17m in
2007 compared to a gain of £19m in 2006. In 2007 the loss
mainly related to losses on Euro denominated debt used to hedge
the receipt of proceeds from the sale of Les Echos. In 2006 the
exchange gains mainly relate to the unhedged exposure on Euro
borrowings and swaps that could not be designated as a net
investment under IAS 39. For a more detailed discussion of our
borrowings and interest expenses see Liquidity
and Capital Resources Capital Resources and
Borrowings below and Item 11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Taxation
The total tax charge in 2007 of £131m represents 28% of
pre-tax profits compared to a charge of just £4m or less
than 1% of pre-tax profits in 2006. The low tax rate in 2006 was
mainly accounted for by two factors. First, in anticipation of
the disposal of Government Solutions, we recognized a deferred
tax asset in relation to capital losses in the US where
previously we were not confident that the benefit of the losses
would be realized prior to their expiry. Second, in the light of
our trading performance in 2006 and our strategic plans,
together with the expected utilization of US net operating
losses in the Government Solutions sale, we re-evaluated the
likely utilization of operating losses both in the US and the
UK; this enabled us to increase the amount of the deferred tax
asset carried forward in respect of such losses. The combined
effect of these two factors was to create a non-recurring credit
of £127m in 2006 which was not repeated in 2007.
Minority
interests
This comprises mainly the minority share in Interactive Data.
Our share of Interactive Data remained at 62% throughout 2007,
leaving the minority interest unchanged at 38%.
Discontinued
operations
Discontinued operations relate to the disposal of Government
Solutions (in February 2007), Les Echos (in December 2007),
Datamark (in July 2007) and the Data Management business
(in February 2008). The results of Government Solutions and Les
Echos have been included in discontinued operations for 2007 and
2006 and have been consolidated up to the date of sale.
Operating profit for Government Solutions in 2007 was £2m
compared to £22m in 2006 and the loss on disposal after tax
recorded in 2007 was £112m after a tax charge of £93m.
Les Echos operating profit in 2007 amounted to £1m
compared to £5m in 2006 and the profit on sale recorded in
2007 was £165m. There was no tax payable on the Les Echos
sale. Datamark was bought with the eCollege acquisition and
immediately sold. The only profit or loss recognized relating to
Datamark was a £7m tax benefit arising from the loss on
sale. The Data Management business was held throughout 2006 and
2007 and the operating profit before impairment charges in 2007
was £12m compared to £13m in 2006. The Data Management
business was formerly part of the Groups Other Assessment
and Testing cash-generating unit (CGU) and was carved out of
this CGU in preparation for disposal. As a result, the Group has
recognized a goodwill impairment charge of £97m in 2007 in
anticipation of the loss on disposal.
Profit
for the year
The total profit for the financial year in 2007 was £310m
compared to a profit in 2006 of £469m. The overall decrease
of £159m was mainly due to the absence of the non-recurring
tax credit of £127m recorded in 2006, the decrease in
contribution from discontinued businesses of £52m and the
increase in net finance costs of £32m, largely due to
exchange losses. These items more than offset the increase in
operating profit in 2007.
35
Earnings
per ordinary share
The basic earnings per ordinary share, which is defined as the
profit for the financial year divided by the weighted average
number of shares in issue, was 35.6p in 2007 compared to 55.9p
in 2006 based on a weighted average number of shares in issue of
796.8m in 2007 and 798.4m in 2006. The decrease in earnings per
share was due to the decrease in profit for 2007 described above
and was not significantly affected by the movement in the
weighted average number of shares.
The diluted earnings per ordinary share of 35.6p in 2007 and
55.8p in 2006 was not significantly different from the basic
earnings per share in those years as the effect of dilutive
share options was again not significant.
Exchange
rate fluctuations
The weakening of the US dollar against sterling on an average
basis had a negative impact on reported sales and profits in
2007 compared to 2006. 2007 sales, translated at 2006 average
exchange rates, would have been higher by £223m and
operating profit, translated at 2006 average exchange rates,
would have been higher by £34m. See Item 11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
for a discussion regarding our management of exchange rate risks.
Sales
and operating profit by division
The following tables summarize our sales and operating profit
for each of Pearsons divisions. Adjusted operating profit
is a non-GAAP financial measure and is included as it is a key
financial measure used by management to evaluate performance and
allocate resources to business segments. See also note 2 of
Item 18. Financial Statements.
In our adjusted operating profit we have excluded amortization
and adjustment of acquired intangibles, other gains and losses
and other net finance costs of associates. The amortization and
adjustment of acquired intangibles is the amortization or
subsequent adjustment of intangible assets acquired through
business combinations. The charge is not considered to be fully
reflective of the underlying performance of the Group. Other
gains and losses represent profits and losses on the sale of
subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and investments that
are included within continuing operations but which distort the
performance for the year.
Adjusted operating profit enables management to more easily
track the underlying operational performance of the Group. A
reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit
for continuing operations is included in the tables below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
|
40%
|
|
|
|
18%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
21%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
|
44%
|
|
|
|
14%
|
|
|
|
4%
|
|
|
|
9%
|
|
|
|
16%
|
|
|
|
13%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: continuing operations
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43%
|
|
|
|
15%
|
|
|
|
6%
|
|
|
|
9%
|
|
|
|
15%
|
|
|
|
12%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
1,679
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
|
3,990
|
|
|
|
|
42%
|
|
|
|
16%
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
7%
|
|
|
|
8%
|
|
|
|
22%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Total operating profit
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
|
51%
|
|
|
|
13%
|
|
|
|
3%
|
|
|
|
6%
|
|
|
|
16%
|
|
|
|
11%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Add back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and adjustment of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Other net gains and losses including associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
Other net finance costs of associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: continuing operations
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
552
|
|
Adjusted operating profit: discontinued Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47%
|
|
|
|
12%
|
|
|
|
9%
|
|
|
|
6%
|
|
|
|
15%
|
|
|
|
11%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
North
American Education
North American Education sales decreased by £12m, or 1%, to
£1,667m in 2007, from £1,679m in 2006 and adjusted
operating profit decreased by £7m, or 2%, to £273m in
2007 from £280m in 2006. The results were significantly
affected by the weakening of the US dollar, which we estimate
reduced sales by £135m and adjusted operating profit by
£22m when compared to the equivalent figures at constant
2006 exchange rates. At constant exchange there was strong
underlying growth in sales and profits, the School results in
2007 benefited from a full year contribution from the
acquisitions of National Evaluation Systems (NES), Chancery and
PowerSchool made in 2006.
In the US school market, Pearsons school publishing
revenues grew 3.5% against the Association of American
Publishers estimate of an increase for the industry of
2.7%. New adoption market share was 31% in the adoptions where
Pearson competed (and 30% of the total new adoption market). The
School business now has the number one or number two market
share in reading, math, science and social studies. US School
testing sales were up in double digits after high single digit
growth in 2006 and growth in excess of 20% in 2005. School
testing benefited from further contract wins, market share gains
and strength in online assessment. US School margins improved
again in 2007 with savings from the integration of acquired
businesses and efficiency gains from the use of software
platforms.
In US Higher Education sales were up by 6% (in US dollars) ahead
of the Association of American Publishers estimate of
industry growth for the ninth year in succession with rapid
growth in online learning and custom publishing. In the US,
investment in established and new author franchises, such as
Campbells Biology, Kotlers Marketing
Management, Hubbards Economics and
Cicarrellis Psychology, continued to underpin the
strong performance. The MyLab digital homework and
assessment programs were launched in 22 new subject disciplines
in 2007, increasing the total number of disciplines covered to
38. These programs support over 2,000 textbooks and were used
globally by 2.9 million students in 2007 (up more than 30%
on 2006). In corporate
37
finance, one of the largest global markets in business
education, Pearson published the successful first edition
bestseller, Berk/DeMarzos Corporate Finance,
together with MyFinanceLab and Pearsons share of this
market increased from 4% to 11% in the US. It is the most
successful launch of a first edition in this discipline in more
than a decade and one of Pearsons most successful global
launches ever, winning university adoptions in 22 countries. In
World History, the first edition of Fernandez-Armestos
The World: A History with MyHistoryLab increased
Pearsons market share from 25% to 35%. In July 2007, we
acquired eCollege which builds on Pearsons position as an
education services provider. eCollege works with partner
educational institutions to design, build and support online
degree, certificate, diploma and professional development
programs. Student enrollments increased by 44% in 2007 to
1.9 million. There was continued strong double digit growth
in our custom solutions business which builds customized
textbooks and online services and has become a leader in the
creation of courseware and curricula for
e-learning
institutions.
Overall margins in the North American Education business were
slightly lower at 16.4% in 2007 compared to 16.7% in 2006 as
small declines in US publishing margins offset the improvement
in US assessment and testing and Canadian margins.
International
Education
International Education sales increased by £95m, or 15%, to
£735m in 2007, from £640m in 2006 and adjusted
operating profit increased by £19m, or 26%, to £92m in
2007 from £73m in 2006. The results benefit from the first
contribution in 2007 from the acquisition of Harcourt
International.
The International School business continued to grow with strong
performances from the publishing businesses in South Africa and
Australia. In Italy, the integration of PBM was completed and
produced integration savings, margin improvement and market
share gains in 2007. In School publishing, the acquisition of
Harcourt International increased scale in our international
education businesses bringing leading content for school and
vocational customers in many markets including the UK, South
Africa, Australia and New Zealand. The international testing
business was again able to benefit from technology leadership.
In the UK, we marked 9.6 million GCSE, AS and A-Level
scripts, 4.6 million of which were on screen. Successful
global English Language Teaching franchises in all major market
franchises (primary, secondary, adult, business and exam
preparation) drove strong growth. English Adventure,
developed with Disney, grew successfully and has sold more than
six million units in less than three years since launch.
International Higher Education publishing sales grew by 2%,
benefiting from organic and acquisition investment. Particular
areas of strength included local language editions of our major
authors and custom publishing including the successful launch of
local language science publishing in Germany. The
MyLab and Mastering technology platforms
are being successfully adapted for international markets and the
MyLab programs are now being used in almost 50 countries with
almost 160,000 student registrations for online courses in
Europe, the Middle East and Africa.
International Education margins continued to improve and the
increase in the overall margin from 11.4% in 2006 to 12.5% in
2007 reflected increases in both publishing and testing margins.
Professional
After excluding sales and adjusted operating profit from
Government Solutions and the Data Management businesses
(reported as discontinued), Professional sales increased by
£15m, or 7%, to £226m in 2007 from £211m in 2006.
Adjusted operating profit increased by £10m or 59% to
£27m in 2007, from £17m in 2006. Sales were affected
by the weakening US dollar, which reduced sales by £14m
when compared to the equivalent figures at constant 2006
exchange rates.
Professional Testing sales were up by 10% in 2007. Approximately
5.8 million secure online tests were delivered in more than
5,000 test centers across the world in 2007. There was strong
margin improvement as test volumes rose, driven by higher demand
from existing customers such as GMAC (for business school
applicants), NCLEX (for nurses) and the DSA/DVTA driving theory
test. Additional contributions from new contracts included
38
the American Board of Internal Medicine and the National
Association Boards of Pharmacy. There were also strong renewals,
including the Institute of Financial Services and the American
Registry of Radiological Technologists.
Technology Publishing achieved good sales growth and
significantly improved profitability, benefiting from a focused
and refreshed front list, a favorable software release schedule
and Safari Books Online, our electronic publishing platform (a
joint venture with OReilly Media). Scott Kelby, a Peachpit
author, is the top-selling US computer book author for the
fourth consecutive year with titles including The iPod Book;
The Digital Photography Book; and The Adobe Photoshop
Lightroom Book for Digital Photographers. Good growth in
Europe was helped by publishing for the new Windows Vista
launch, a new partnership with Microsoft Press in the
Netherlands and a successful move into digital publishing and
training in Germany. Our business imprints Wharton School
Publishing and FTPress, aided by Pearsons global
distribution and strong retail relationships, had a successful
year. Wharton School Publishing was recognized by the Amazon.com
Best Business Books of 2007 with We Are Smarter Than Me: How
to Unleash the Power of Crowds in Your Business, by Barry
Libert and Jon Spector, and Firms of Endearment: How
World-Class Companies Profit from Passion and Purpose,
by Rajendra S. Sisodia, David B. Wolfe and Jaqdish N. Sheth.
Overall margins in the Professional business were higher at
11.9% in 2007 compared to 8.1% in 2006 as margins continued to
improve in both the testing and professional publishing
businesses.
FT
Publishing
Sales at FT Publishing increased by £64m or 23%, from
£280m in 2006 to £344m in 2007. Adjusted operating
profit from continuing operations increased by £29m, from
£27m in 2006 to £56m in 2007. The sales and profit
increase benefits from a full year contribution from
Mergermarket, acquired in the second half of 2006.
After excluding additional sales from a full year of ownership
of Mergermarket, FT Publishing sales were up by 12% with
advertising revenues up by 10%. FT newspaper circulation was up
2% to almost 440,000 (for the July-December 2007 Audit Bureau of
Circulation, or ABC, measuring period), with a 19% increase in
subscriptions. Digital subscribers to the FT were up 13% to
101,000 and monthly unique users were up 30% to
5.7 million. Monthly page views were up 33% to
48.2 million. FT.com attracted 150,000 new registered users
since the launch of its innovative new access model in October
2007. There was a strong trading performance at FT Business as
integration with the FT Newspaper helped to generate additional
revenue and reduce costs. Mergermarket experienced rapid revenue
growth with 90%+ subscription renewal rates and a series of new
product launches around the world including Pharmawire,
Debtwire in Asia Pacific and dealReporter in
emerging markets in Europe, Middle East and Africa.
The Economist, in which Pearson owns a 50% stake, increased its
circulation by 9% to 1.3 million (for the July-December
2007 ABC period). FTSE, in which Pearson also owns a 50% stake,
achieved double digit sales growth, benefiting from a strong new
business performance, a joint venture with Xinhua Finance in
China and strong growth in Exchange Traded Fund (ETF) licenses.
Small acquisitions of complementary subscription-based and
digital businesses made their first contribution to FT
Publishings results including: Infinata, a provider of
research and business information to life science and financial
services companies; and Exec-Appointments, a well-established
global job site that focuses on the high-earning executive
sector with approximately 200,000 registered executive users.
Overall margins at FT Publishing continued to increase as the
newspaper becomes more profitable and in 2007 were 16.3%
compared to 9.6% in 2006.
Interactive
Data
Interactive Data, grew its sales by 4% from £332m in 2006
to £344m in 2007. Adjusted operating profit grew by 9% from
£89m in 2006 to £97m in 2007. Interactive Data margins
increased from 26.8% in 2006 to 28.2% in 2007. Both sales and
adjusted operating profit were affected by the weakening US
dollar, which we estimate reduced sales by £20m and
adjusted operating profit by £6m when compared to the
equivalent figures at constant 2006 exchange rates.
39
Sales growth at Interactive Data was driven primarily by strong
sales to both existing and new institutional customers and a
renewal rate of approximately 95% within the Institutional
Services business. The business continued to focus on high value
services and the Pricing and Reference Data business continued
to generate good growth in North America and Europe. The
business continues to broaden its coverage of complex securities
by expanding its universe of European asset-backed and
mortgage-backed securities. The business also launched a new
web-based offering, the Basket Calculation Service, designed to
provide clients with the indicative optimized portfolio value
for equity and fixed income exchange traded funds. The Real-Time
Services business achieved strong growth with new institutional
sales in its two core product areas of real-time data feeds and
managed solutions. There was growing adoption of the PlusFeed
data service for algorithmic trading applications, a successful
introduction of DirectPlus, a new ultra low latency direct
exchange data service and excellent sales momentum for managed
solutions in North America with new customers including media
companies, online brokerages, stock exchanges and financial
institutions. Fixed Income Analytics completed 30 new
BondEdge®
installations during the year and made good progress in the
development of its next-generation
BondEdge®
platform. In the Active Trader Services business, eSignal
experienced modest expansion of its direct subscriber base,
delivered numerous innovations across its suite of Active Trader
Services, and added new content and capabilities on its
financial websites.
The
Penguin Group
Penguin Group sales decreased slightly to £846m in 2007
from £848m in 2006 and adjusted operating profit up 12% to
£74m in 2007 from £66m in 2006. Both sales and
adjusted operating profit were affected by the weakening US
dollar which we estimate reduced sales by £37m and adjusted
operating profit by £4m when compared to the equivalent
figures at constant 2006 exchange rates.
Penguin maintained its competitive performance in major markets
with a successful global publishing performance led by Alan
Greenspans The Age of Turbulence, with almost
1 million hard cover copies shipped worldwide, and Kim
Edwards first novel, The Memory Keepers
Daughter, a global number one bestseller for Penguin in the
US, UK, Australia and Canada. It was an outstanding year for
bestsellers in the US with titles including Elizabeth
Gilberts Eat, Pray, Love, Khaled Hosseinis
A Thousand Splendid Suns and Ken Folletts World
Without End. UK bestsellers included Marian Keyes
Anybody Out There?, Jamie Olivers Jamie at
Home, Jeremy Clarksons Dont Stop Me Now
and Charlie Higsons Double or Die. Also in the
UK, it was a strong year for the Brands & Licensing
division driven by The Dr Who Annual (the second
bestselling childrens book of 2007) and bestselling
In the Night Garden titles. DK delivered a strong global
performance in traditional, custom and digital publishing,
benefiting from innovative formats including The Human Body
Book, personalized travel guides via traveldk.com and the
first DK textbooks for higher education markets.
In Australia, sales growth was generated from a publishing
schedule including Bryce Courtenay with The Persimmon Tree
and Dr. Manny Noakes with CSIRO Total Wellbeing Diet
Book 2. In India, Penguin India celebrated its
20th anniversary in 2007 with continued rapid growth.
Penguin authors won all the major English language prizes in
Indias national book awards: Vikram Chandra in fiction for
Sacred Games, Vikram Seth in non-fiction for Two Lives
and Kiran Desai in readers choice for The
Inheritance of Loss. In China, Jiang Rong and Howard
Goldblatt won the inaugural Man Asian Literary prize for Wolf
Totem, to be published in English around the world by
Penguin in 2008, and in South Africa, another strong year was
led by John van de Ruits Spud: The Madness
Continues.
Penguin continued to focus on efficiency and improvement in
operating margins continues to benefit from the Pearson-wide
renegotiation of major global paper, print and binding contracts
and the integration of warehouse and back office operations in
Australia and New Zealand. These efficiencies together with
improved gross margins principally from innovation in formats
such as the US premium paperback have helped to improve margins
from 7.8% in 2006 to 8.7% in 2007.
40
Liquidity
and capital resources
Cash
flows and financing
Net cash generated from operations increased by £235m (or
36%), to £894m in 2008 from £659m in 2007. This
increase reflected strong cash contributions from all
businesses, together with the significant strengthening of the
US dollar against sterling. The exchange rate for translation of
dollar cash flows was $1.56 in 2008 and $1.99 in 2007. In 2008,
the headline average working capital to sales ratio for our book
publishing businesses deteriorated to 26.1% from 25.6% in 2007,
reflecting the higher levels of working capital in Harcourt
Assessments (purchased at the end of January 2008). The
underlying working capital to sales ratio (excluding the effect
of year on year portfolio changes) improved to 25.8% in 2008
from 25.9% in 2007. Average working capital is the average month
end balance in the year of inventory (including
pre-publication), receivables and payables. Net cash generated
from operations increased by £38m (or 6%), to £659m in
2007 from £621m in 2006, even after a one-off special
contribution of £100m to our UK pension fund (over and
beyond the normal funding requirement). This increase reflected
stronger cash contributions from all businesses, together with
further improvements in working capital management. In 2007, the
average working capital to sales ratio for our book publishing
businesses improved to 25.6% from 26.3% in 2006.
Net interest paid decreased to £76m in 2008 from £90m
in 2007. The decrease was due to the reduction in US and UK
interest rates, with some offset from the higher level of debt
following the acquisition of Harcourt Assessments and the
strength of the US dollar relative to sterling. Net interest
paid was £90m in 2007 compared to £82m in 2006. The
10% increase in 2007 over 2006 was primarily due to higher
average interest rates in the UK and US.
Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment was
£75m in 2008, £86m in 2007 and £68m in 2006. The
reduction in spend in 2008 reflects reduced infrastructure spend
compared to 2007, although the Group continued to invest in
digital technology. The increase in 2007 over 2006 reflects
investment to update infrastructure, particularly at Penguin and
FT Group.
The acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
accounted for a cash outflow of £400m in 2008 against
£476m in 2007 and £367m in 2006. The principal
acquisitions in 2008 were of Harcourt Assessments for £321m
and Money Media for £33m. The principal acquisitions in
2007 were Harcourt Education International for £155m and
eCollege for £266m. In 2006, the principal acquisition was
of Mergermarket for £109m. The balance related to various
smaller bolt-on acquisitions (primarily in the school segment)
including those of National Evaluation Systems and Paravia Bruno
Mondadori.
The sale of subsidiaries and associates produced a cash inflow
of £111m in 2008 against £469m in 2007 and £10m
in 2006. All the proceeds in 2008 relate to the sale of the Data
Management business. The principal disposals in 2007 were of
Government Solutions for £278m and Les Echos for
£156m. The disposal in 2006 relates entirely to the
proceeds from the
take-up of
share options issued to minority shareholders.
The cash outflow from financing of £149m in 2008 reflects
the repayment of one £100m bond, the repayment of
borrowings against a short-term bridge financing facility and a
further increase in the group dividend. Offsetting this, the
Group successfully issued $900m of US Dollar bonds in the
year in spite of the challenging credit markets. The cash
outflow from financing activities of £444m in 2007
represented the higher Group dividend (as the Group sought to
match dividend growth more closely with earnings growth) and the
repayment of one 591m bond, offset in part by drawings on
the Groups revolving credit facility. The cash outflow
from financing of £348m in 2006 primarily reflects the
payment of the Group dividend (at a higher dividend per share
than 2005) and the repayment of a $250m bond at its
maturity date.
Capital
resources
Our borrowings fluctuate by season due to the effect of the
school year on the working capital requirements in the
educational materials business. Assuming no acquisitions or
disposals, our maximum level of net debt normally occurs in
July, and our minimum level of net debt normally occurs in
December. Based on a review of historical trends in working
capital requirements and of forecast monthly balance sheets for
the next 12 months, we believe that we have sufficient
funds available for the Groups present requirements, with
an appropriate level of headroom
41
given our portfolio of businesses and current plans. Our ability
to expand and grow our business in accordance with current plans
and to meet long-term capital requirements beyond this
12-month
period will depend on many factors, including the rate, if any,
at which our cash flow increases and the availability of public
and private debt and equity financing, including our ability to
secure bank lines of credit. We cannot be certain that
additional financing, if required, will be available on terms
favorable to us, if at all.
At December 31, 2008, our net debt was £1,460m
compared to net debt of £973m at December 31, 2007.
Net debt is defined as all short-term, medium-term and long-term
borrowing (including finance leases), less all cash, cash
equivalents and liquid resources. Cash equivalents comprise
short-term deposits with a maturity of up to 90 days, while
liquid resources comprise short-term deposits with maturities of
more than 90 days and other marketable instruments which
are readily realizable and held on a short-term basis.
Short-term, medium-term and long-term borrowing amounted to
£2,363m at December 31, 2008, compared to £1,608m
at December 31, 2007 reflecting the impact of the
strengthening of the US dollar relative to sterling and the
additional US dollar bonds issued in the year. At
December 31, 2008, cash and liquid resources were
£685m, compared to £560m at December 31, 2007.
Contractual
obligations
The following table summarizes the maturity of our borrowings
and our obligations under non-cancelable operating leases,
exclusive of anticipated interest payments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
One to
|
|
|
Two to
|
|
|
After five
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
one year
|
|
|
two years
|
|
|
five years
|
|
|
years
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
Gross borrowings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable rate loan notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonds
|
|
|
2,128
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
|
1,258
|
|
Finance lease obligations
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
1,612
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3,975
|
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
1,210
|
|
|
|
2,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2008 the Group had capital commitments for
fixed assets, including finance leases already under contract,
of £7m (2007: £9m). There are contingent liabilities
in respect of indemnities, warranties and guarantees in relation
to former subsidiaries and in respect of guarantees in relation
to subsidiaries and associates. In addition there are contingent
liabilities in respect of legal claims. None of these claims or
guarantees is expected to result in a material gain or loss.
The Group is committed to a quarterly fee of 0.125% on the
unused amount of the Groups bank facility.
Off-Balance
sheet arrangements
The Group does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as
defined by the SEC Final Rule 67 (FR-67), Disclosure
in Managements Discussion and Analysis about Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations,
that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or
future effect on the Groups financial position or results
of operations.
Borrowings
The Group finances its operations by a mixture of cash flows
from operations, short-term borrowings from banks and commercial
paper markets, and longer term loans from banks and capital
markets.
We have in place a committed revolving credit facility of
$1.75bn, of which $92m matures in May 2011 and the balance of
$1.658bn matures in May 2012. At December 31, 2008,
approximately $1.56bn was available under
42
this facility. This credit facility contains two key covenants
measured for each 12 month period ending June 30 and
December 31:
We must maintain the ratio of our profit before interest, tax
and amortization to our net interest payable at no less than
3:1; and
We must maintain the ratio of our net debt to our EBITDA, which
we explain below, at no more than 4:1.
EBITDA refers to earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization. We are currently in compliance
with these covenants.
Treasury
policy
Our treasury policy is described in note 19 of
Item 18. Financial Statements. For a more
detailed discussion of our borrowing and use of derivatives, see
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk.
Related
parties
There were no significant or unusual related party transactions
in 2008, 2007 or 2006. Refer to note 36 in
Item 18. Financial Statements.
Accounting
principles
For a description of our principal accounting policies used
refer to note 1 in Item 18. Financial
Statements.
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
DIRECTORS,
SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
|
Directors
and senior management
We are managed by a board of directors and a chief executive who
reports to the board and manages through a management committee.
We refer to the board of directors and the chairman of the board
of directors as our senior management.
The following table sets forth information concerning senior
management, as of March 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Glen Moreno
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Chairman
|
Marjorie Scardino
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Chief Executive
|
David Arculus
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
David Bell
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Director for People
|
Terry Burns
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
Patrick Cescau
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
Will Ethridge
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Chief Executive, Pearson Education North America
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive, The FT Group
|
Robin Freestone
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Susan Fuhrman
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
Ken Hydon
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
John Makinson
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive, Penguin Group
|
CK Prahalad
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
Non-executive Director
|
Glen Moreno was appointed chairman of Pearson on
October 1, 2005. He is the senior independent director of
Man Group plc and a director of Fidelity International Limited.
He was recently made acting chairman of UK Financial Investments
Limited, the company set up by HM Treasury to manage the
governments shareholdings in UK banks.
43
Marjorie Scardino joined the board and became chief
executive in January 1997. She is a member of Pearsons
nomination committee. She trained and practiced as a lawyer and
was chief executive of The Economist Group from 1993 until
joining Pearson. She is also vice chairman of Nokia Corporation
and a director of several charitable organizations.
David Arculus became a non-executive director in February
2006 and currently serves on the audit and nomination committees
and as chairman of the personnel committee. He is a
non-executive director of Telefonica SA, and was previously
chairman of O2 plc from 2004 until it was acquired by Telefonica
at the beginning of 2006. His previous roles include chairman of
Severn Trent plc and IPC Group, chief operating officer of
United Business Media plc and group managing director of EMAP
plc.
David Bell became a director in March 1996. He
was appointed Pearsons director for people with
responsibility for finding, keeping, rewarding and inspiring our
employees across the Pearson Group. He is chairman of the
Financial Times and Sadlers Wells Theatre. He is
also chairman of Crisis, a charity for the homeless, Roehampton
University, The Institute for War and Peace Reporting and the
London Transport Museum.
Terry Burns became a non-executive director in May 1999
and the senior independent director in February 2004. He
currently serves on the nomination and personnel committees. He
was the UK governments chief economic advisor from 1980
until 1991 and Permanent Secretary of HM Treasury from 1991
until 1998. He is chairman of Alliance & Leicester
plc, Abbey National plc and Glas Cymru Limited and is a
non-executive director of Banco Santander Central Hispano. He
was previously chairman of Marks and Spencer Group plc.
Patrick Cescau became a non-executive director in April
2002. He joined the audit committee in January 2005, and is also
a member of the nomination committee. He was previously group
chief executive of Unilever and currently serves as a
non-executive director of Tesco plc.
Will Ethridge became a director in May 2008 and was
appointed chief executive of Pearsons North American
education business, spanning School, Higher Education and
Professional publishing, assessment, technology and services. He
previously held a number of senior positions within Pearson
Education. He is chairman of CourseSmart, a publishers
consortium, vice chairman of the Association of American
Publishers and a director of Interactive Data.
Rona Fairhead became a director in June 2002, originally
as chief financial officer. She was appointed chairman and chief
executive of the FT Group in June 2006 and became responsible
for Pearson VUE in March 2008. From 1996 until 2001, she worked
at ICI plc, where she served as executive vice president, group
control and strategy. She is also chairman of Interactive Data,
a non-executive director of HSBC Holdings plc and chairs the
HSBC audit committee.
Robin Freestone became a director of Pearson and was
appointed chief financial officer in June 2006, having
previously served as deputy chief financial officer since 2004.
He was previously group financial controller of Amersham plc
(now part of GE). He qualified as a chartered accountant with
Touche Ross (now Deloitte). He is also a non-executive director
and founder shareholder of eChem Limited.
Susan Fuhrman became a non-executive director in July
2004. She is a member of the audit and nomination committees.
She is president of Teachers College at Columbia University,
Americas oldest and largest graduate school of education
having previously been Dean of the Graduate school of Education
at the University of Pennsylvania. She is a member of the Board
of Trustees of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of
Teaching and an officer of the National Academy of Education.
Ken Hydon became a non-executive director in February
2006 and currently serves on the personnel and nomination
committees and as chairman of the audit committee. He is a
non-executive director of Tesco plc, Reckitt Benckiser Group plc
and Royal Berks NHS Foundation Trust. He was previously finance
director of Vodafone Group plc and of subsidiaries of Racal
Electronics.
John Makinson became chairman of the Penguin Group in May
2001 and its chief executive officer in June 2002. He served as
Pearsons finance director from March 1996 until June 2002.
He is also chairman of the Institute of Public Policy Research
and a director of The National Theatre and The International
Rescue Committee (UK).
44
Coimbatore Krishnarao Prahalad became a non-executive
director in May 2008 and is a distinguished university professor
of corporate strategy and international business at the
University of Michigan Business School. He is a director of NCR,
Hindustan Unilever Corporation, World Resources Institute and
the Indus Entrepreneurs.
Compensation
of senior management
It is the role of the personnel committee (the Committee) to
approve the remuneration and benefits packages of the executive
directors, the chief executives of the principal operating
companies and other members of the Pearson Management Committee.
The Committee also takes note of the remuneration for those
executives with base pay over a certain level, representing
approximately the top 50 executives of the company.
Remuneration
policy
We want a performance culture that supports our strategy and
goals and incentive programs that reward their achievement.
Performance conditions for the companys various
performance-related annual or long-term incentive plans are
linked to the companys strategic objectives and aligned
with the interests of shareholders
Our starting point continues to be that total remuneration (base
compensation plus annual and long-term incentives) should reward
both short and long-term results, delivering competitive rewards
for target performance, but outstanding rewards for exceptional
company performance.
Total remuneration is made up of fixed and performance-linked
elements, with each element supporting different objectives.
Base salary reflects competitive market level, role and
individual contribution. Annual incentives motivate the
achievement of annual strategic goals. Bonus share matching
encourages executive directors and other senior executives to
acquire and hold Pearson shares and aligns executives and
shareholders interests. Long-term incentives drive
long-term earnings and share price growth and value creation and
align executives and shareholders interests.
Consistent with its policy, the Committee places considerable
emphasis on the performance-linked elements i.e. annual
incentives, bonus share matching and long-term incentives. The
Committee will continue to review the mix of fixed and
performance-linked remuneration on an annual basis, consistent
with its overall philosophy.
We want our executive directors remuneration to be
competitive with those of directors and executives in similar
positions in comparable companies. We use a range of UK
companies in different sectors including the media sector. Some
are of a similar size to Pearson, while others are larger, but
the method which the Committees independent advisers use
to make comparisons on remuneration takes this into account. All
have very substantial overseas operations. We also use selected
media companies in North America. We use these companies because
they represent the wider executive talent pool from which we
might expect to recruit externally and the pay market to which
we might be vulnerable if our remuneration was not competitive.
Base
salary
Our normal policy is to review salaries annually consistent with
the way we benchmark pay and taking into account the approach to
pay across the company as a whole.
Allowances
and benefits
It is the companys policy is that benefit programs should
be competitive in the context of the local labor market, but as
an international company we require executives to operate
worldwide and recognize that recruitment also operates worldwide.
Annual
incentives
The Committee establishes the annual incentive plans for the
executive directors and the chief executives of the
companys principal operating companies, including
performance measures and targets. These plans then become the
basis of the annual incentive plans below the level of the
principal operating companies, particularly with regard
45
to the performance measures used and the relationship between
the incentive plan targets and the relevant business unit
operating plans.
The Committee will continue to review the annual incentive plans
each year and to revise the performance measures, targets and
individual incentive opportunities in light of current
conditions.
Annual incentive payments do not form part of pensionable
earnings.
The financial performance measures relate to the companys
main drivers of business performance at both the corporate,
operating company and business unit level. Performance is
measured separately for each item. For each performance measure,
the Committee establishes thresholds, target and maximum levels
of performance for different levels of payout.
With the exception of the chief executive, normally 10% of the
total annual incentive opportunity for the executive directors
and other members of the Pearson Management Committee is based
on performance against personal objectives as agreed with the
chief executive. These may include inter alia objectives
relating to corporate social responsibility.
For 2009, the financial performance measures for Pearson plc are
sales, operating profit (for the operating companies) and growth
in underlying earnings per share for continuing operations at
constant exchange rates (for Pearson plc), average working
capital as a ratio to sales and operating cash flow. The
selection and weighting of the performance measures takes into
account the strategic objectives and the business priorities
relevant to each operating company and to Pearson overall each
year.
Since 2008, the individual annual incentive opportunities for
the executive directors other than the chief executive have been
expressed as absolute cash amounts. The Committee with the
advice of the chief executive determines the aggregate level of
annual incentives and individual incentive opportunities taking
into account all relevant factors. These factors may include the
profitability of the company, individual roles and
responsibilities, market annual incentive levels, and the level
of stretch in the performance targets.
For 2009, there is no change to the incentive opportunity for
the chief executive which remains at 100% of base salary at
target and 150% at maximum.
There is also no change to the average target individual
incentive opportunity for the other executive directors which is
£396,000 (the same as in 2008 on a like-for-like basis at
constant exchange rates). The maximum opportunity remains at
twice target (as in 2008).
The annual incentive plans are discretionary and the Committee
reserves the right to make adjustments to payouts up or down if
it believes exceptional factors warrant doing so. The committee
may also award individual discretionary incentive payments and
did so in 2008 for Will Ethridge in recognition of his
contributions in such areas as his leadership efforts on the
Google settlement and his oversight of Pearsons global
content management programme.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Pearson plc
|
|
|
Operating company
|
|
|
Personal objectives
|
|
|
Marjorie Scardino
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Bell
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Will Ethridge
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Robin Freestone
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
John Makinson
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
For Pearson plc, the performance measures were sales, earnings
per share growth, average working capital to sales ratio and
operating cash flow. Sales and underlying growth in adjusted
earnings per share at constant exchange rates were above target
but below maximum. Average working capital as a ratio to sales
was above threshold but below target. Operating cash flow was
above maximum.
46
For Higher Education and Professional, the performance measures
were sales, operating profit, average working capital as a ratio
to sales and operating cash flow. Operating profit, average
working capital as a ratio to sales and operating cash flow were
all above maximum. Sales were above target but below maximum.
For FT Publishing, the performance measures were sales,
operating profit and operating cash flow. Sales were below
threshold. Operating profit was above threshold but below
target. Operating cash flow was above maximum.
For Pearson VUE, the performance measures were sales, operating
profit, average working capital as a ratio to sales and
operating cash flow. Sales were above target but below maximum.
Performance across all other measures was above maximum.
For Penguin Group, the performance measures were sales,
operating margin, average working capital as a ratio to sales
and operating cash flow. Sales were above target but below
maximum. Operating margin was above threshold but below target.
Average working capital as a ration to sales and operating cash
flow were above maximum.
Bonus
share matching
In 2008, shareholders approved the renewal of the annual bonus
share matching plan, which permits executive directors and
senior executives around the company to invest up to 50% of any
after-tax annual bonus in Pearson shares.
If the participants invested shares are held, they will be
matched subject to earnings per share growth over the three-year
performance period on a gross basis up to a maximum of one
matching share for every one held i.e. the number of matching
shares will be equal to the number of shares that could have
been acquired with the amount of the pre-tax annual bonus taken
in invested shares.
One matching share for every two invested shares held i.e. 50%
of the maximum matching award, will be released if the
companys adjusted earnings per share increase in real
terms by 3% per annum compound over the three-year performance
period. One matching share for every one invested share held
i.e. 100% of the maximum matching award, will be released if the
companys adjusted earnings per share increase in real
terms by 5% per annum compound over the same period.
For real growth in adjusted earnings per share of between 3% and
5% per annum compound, the rate at which the participants
invested shares will be matched will be calculated according to
a straight-line sliding scale.
Real growth is calculated by reference to the UK
Governments Index of Retail Prices (All Items). We choose
to test our earnings per share growth against UK inflation over
three years to measure the companys financial progress
over the period to which the entitlement to matching shares
relates.
Where matching shares vest in accordance with the plan, a
participant will also receive dividend shares
representing the gross value of dividends that would have been
paid on the matching shares during the holding period and
re-invested.
Long-term
incentives
At the annual general meeting in April 2006, shareholders
approved the renewal of the long-term incentive plan first
introduced in 2001.
Executive directors, senior executives and other managers can
participate in the plan which can deliver restricted stock
and/or stock
options. Approximately 5% of the companys employees
currently hold awards under the plan. The aim is to give the
Committee a range of tools with which to link corporate
performance to managements long-term reward in a flexible
way. It is not the Committees intention to grant stock
options in 2009.
Restricted stock granted to executive directors vests only when
stretching corporate performance targets over a specified period
have been met. Awards vest on a sliding scale based on
performance over the period. There is no retesting. The
Committee determines the performance measures and targets
governing an award of restricted stock prior to grant.
47
The performance measures that have applied since 2006 and that
will apply for 2009 and subsequent awards for the executive
directors are focused on delivering and improving returns to
shareholders. These are relative total shareholder return,
return on invested capital and earnings per share growth.
Restricted stock may be granted without performance conditions
to satisfy recruitment and retention objectives. Restricted
stock awards that are not subject to performance conditions will
not be granted to any of the current executive directors.
The Committees independent advisers verify each year the
expected value of individual awards i.e. their net present value
after taking into account the vesting schedule, risk of
forfeiture and the probability that any performance targets will
be met. The level of individual awards takes into account three
factors: their expected values; the assessments by the
Committees independent advisers of market practice for
comparable companies and of directors total remuneration
relative to the market and the face value of individual awards
and their potential value should the performance targets be met
in full.
Pearson wishes to encourage executives and managers to build up
a long-term holding of shares so as to demonstrate their
commitment to the company. To achieve this, for awards of
restricted stock that are subject to performance conditions over
a three-year period, 75% of the award vests at the end of the
three-year period. The remaining 25% of the award only vests if
the participant retains the after-tax number of shares that vest
at year three for a further two years.
Where shares vest, participants receive additional shares
representing the gross value of dividends that would have been
paid on these shares during the performance period and
reinvested. The expected value of awards made on this basis take
this into account.
There are limits on the amount of new-issue equity we can use.
In any rolling ten-year period, no more than 10% of Pearson
equity will be issued, or be capable of being issued, under all
Pearsons share plans, and no more than 5% of Pearson
equity will be issued, or be capable of being issued, under
executive or discretionary plans. In addition, for existing
shares no more than 5% of Pearson equity may be held in trust at
any time.
Shareholding
policy
We encourage executive directors to build up a substantial
shareholding in the company in line with the policy of
encouraging widespread employee share ownership. We do not think
it is necessary to specify a particular relationship of
shareholding to salary because of the volatility of the stock
market and the share retention features that already exist in
the annual bonus share matching plan and long-term incentive
plans.
Service
agreements
In accordance with long established policy, all continuing
executive directors have rolling service agreements under which,
other than by termination in accordance with the terms of these
agreements, employment continues until retirement.
The committee reviewed the policy on executive employment
agreements in 2008. For future executive directors, service
agreements should provide that the company may terminate these
agreements by giving no more than 12 months notice.
As an alternative to giving notice, the company may pay salary,
target annual incentive and the cost of pension and other
benefits in lieu, subject to mitigation. In the case of the
longer serving directors with legacy employment agreements, the
compensation payable in circumstances where the company
terminates the agreements without notice or cause takes the form
of liquidated damages.
There are no special provisions for notice, pay in lieu of
notice or liquidated damages in the event of termination of
employment in the event of a change of control of Pearson. On
termination of employment, executive directors
entitlements to any vested or unvested awards under
Pearsons discretionary share plans are treated in
accordance with the terms of the relevant plan.
48
Retirement
benefits
Executive directors participate in the pension arrangements set
up for Pearson employees. Marjorie Scardino, Will Ethridge, John
Makinson, Rona Fairhead and Robin Freestone will also have other
retirement arrangements because of the cap on the amount of
benefits that can be provided from the arrangements in the US
and the UK.
The differences in the arrangements for the current executive
directors reflect the different arrangements in the UK and the
US and the changes in pension arrangements generally over the
periods of their employment. The pension arrangements for all
the executive directors include life insurance cover while in
employment, and entitlement to a pension in the event of
ill-health or disability. A pension for their spouse
and/or
dependants is also available on death.
In the US, the defined benefit arrangement is the Pearson Inc.
Pension Plan. This plan provides a lump sum convertible to a
pension on retirement. The lump sum accrued at 6% of capped
compensation until 31 December 2001 when further benefit
accruals ceased. Normal retirement age is 65 although early
retirement is possible subject to a reduction for early payment.
No increases are guaranteed for pensions in payment. There is a
spouses pension on death in service and the option to
provide a death in retirement pension by reducing the
members pension.
The defined contribution arrangement in the US is a 401(k) plan.
At retirement, the account balances will be used to provide
benefits. In the event of death before retirement, the account
balances will be used to provide benefits for dependants.
In the UK, the pension plan is the Pearson Group Pension Plan
and executive directors participate in either the Final Pay or
the Money Purchase 2003 section. Normal retirement age is 62,
but, subject to company consent, retirement is currently
possible after age 50 (age 55 from April 2010). In the
Final Pay section, the accrued pension is reduced on retirement
prior to age 60. Pensions in payment are guaranteed to
increase each year at 5% or the increase in the Index of Retail
Prices, if lower. Pensions for a members spouse, dependant
children
and/or
nominated financial dependant are payable in the event of death.
In the Money Purchase 2003 section the account balances are used
to provide benefits at retirement. In the event of death before
retirement pensions for a members spouse, dependant
children
and/or
nominated financial dependant are payable.
Members of the Pearson Group Pension Plan who joined after May
1989 are subject to an upper limit of earnings that can be used
for pension purposes, known as the earnings cap. This limit,
£108,600 as at 6 April 2006, was abolished by the
Finance Act 2004. However the Pearson Group Pension Plan has
retained its own cap, which will increase annually
in line with the UK Governments Index of Retail Prices
(All Items). The cap was £117,600 as at 6 April 2008.
As a result of the UK Governments
A-Day
changes effective from April 2006, UK executive directors and
other members of the Pearson Group Pension Plan who are, or
become, affected by the lifetime allowance are provided with a
cash supplement as an alternative to further accrual of pension
benefits on a basis that is broadly cost neutral to the company.
Marjorie
Scardino
Marjorie Scardino participates in the Pearson Inc. Pension Plan
and the approved 401(k) plan.
Additional pension benefits are provided through an unfunded
unapproved defined contribution plan and a funded defined
contribution plan approved by HM Revenue and Customs as a
corresponding plan to replace part of the unfunded plan. The
account balance of the unfunded unapproved defined contribution
plan is determined by reference to the value of a notional cash
account that increases annually by a specified notional interest
rate. This plan provides the opportunity to convert a proportion
of this notional cash account into a notional share account
reflecting the value of a number of Pearson ordinary shares. The
number of shares in the notional share account is determined by
reference to the market value of Pearson shares at the date of
conversion.
David
Bell
David Bell is a member of the Pearson Group Pension Plan. He was
eligible for a pension of two-thirds of his final base salary at
age 62 due to his long service.
49
Will
Ethridge
Will Ethridge is a member of the Pearson Inc. Pension Plan and
the approved 401(k) plan. He also participates in an unfunded,
unapproved Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) that
provides an annual accrual of 2% of final average earnings, less
benefits accrued in the Pearson Inc. Pension Plan and US Social
Security. Additional defined contribution benefits are provided
through a funded, unapproved 401(k) excess plan.
Rona
Fairhead
Rona Fairhead is a member of the Pearson Group Pension Plan. Her
pension accrual rate is 1/30th of pensionable salary per
annum, restricted to the plan earnings cap. Until April 2006,
the company also contributed to a Funded Unapproved Retirement
Benefits Scheme (FURBS) on her behalf. Since April 2006, she has
received a taxable and non-pensionable cash supplement in
replacement of the FURBS.
Robin
Freestone
Robin Freestone is a member of the Money Purchase 2003 section
of the Pearson Group Pension Plan. Company contributions are 16%
of pensionable salary per annum, restricted to the plan earnings
cap. Until April 2006, the company also contributed to a Funded
Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (FURBS) on his behalf.
Since April 2006, he has received a taxable and non-pensionable
cash supplement in replacement of the FURBS.
John
Makinson
John Makinson is a member of the Pearson Group Pension Plan
under which his pensionable salary is restricted to the plan
earnings cap. The company ceased contributions on
31 December 2001 to his FURBS arrangement. During 2002 it
set up an Unfunded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (UURBS)
for him. The UURBS tops up the pension payable from the Pearson
Group Pension Plan and the closed FURBS to target a pension of
two-thirds of a revalued base salary on retirement at
age 62. The revalued base salary is defined as
£450,000 effective at 1 June 2002, increased at
1 January each year by reference to the increase in the UK
Governments Index of Retail Prices (All Items). In the
event of his death a pension from the Pearson Group Pension
Plan, the FURBS and the UURBS will be paid to his spouse or
nominated financial dependant. Early retirement is possible from
age 50 (age 55 from April 2010), with company consent.
The pension is reduced to reflect the shorter service, and
before age 60, further reduced for early payment.
Executive
directors non-executive directorships
Our policy is that executive directors may, by agreement with
the board, serve as non-executives of other companies and retain
any fees payable for their services.
The following executive directors served as non-executive
directors elsewhere and received fees or other benefits for the
period covered by this report as follows: Marjorie Scardino
(Nokia Corporation and MacArthur Foundation); Rona Fairhead
(HSBC Holdings plc) and Robin Freestone (eChem).
Chairmans
remuneration
Our policy is that the chairmans pay should be set at a
level that is competitive with those of chairmen in similar
positions in comparable companies. He is not entitled to any
annual or long-term incentive, retirement or other benefits.
There were no changes in the chairmans remuneration in
2008. With effect from 1 January 2007, his remuneration was
£450,000 per year.
Non-Executive
directors
Fees for non-executive directors are determined by the full
board having regard to market practice and within the
restrictions contained in Pearsons articles of
association. Non-executive directors receive no other pay or
50
benefits (other than reimbursement for expenses incurred in
connection with their directorship of Pearson) and do not
participate in the Pearsons equity-based incentive plans.
There were no changes in the structure and level of
non-executive directors fees in 2008. With effect from
1 July 2007, these were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees payable from
|
|
|
|
July 1, 2007 (£)
|
|
|
Non-executive director fee
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
Chairmanship of audit committee
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
Chairmanship of personnel committee
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
Membership of audit committee
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Membership of personnel committee
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
Senior independent director
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
A minimum of 25% of the basic fee is paid in Pearson shares that
the non-executive directors have committed to retain for the
period of their directorships.
Terry Burns also receives a fee in respect of his non-executive
directorship at Edexcel.
Non-executive directors serve Pearson under letters of
appointment and do not have service contracts. There is no
entitlement to compensation on the termination of their
directorships.
Remuneration
of senior management
Excluding contributions to pension funds and related benefits,
senior management remuneration for 2008 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries/
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees(1)
|
|
|
Incentive(2)
|
|
|
Allowances(3)
|
|
|
Benefits(4)
|
|
|
Total(5)
|
|
|
|
£000
|
|
|
£000
|
|
|
£000
|
|
|
£000
|
|
|
£000
|
|
|
Non-executive Chairman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Glen Moreno
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450
|
|
Executive directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marjorie Scardino
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
|
1,017
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
2,057
|
|
David Bell
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
983
|
|
Will Ethridge (appointed 1 May 2008)
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,171
|
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
Robin Freestone
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
957
|
|
John Makinson
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior management as a group
|
|
|
3,711
|
|
|
|
3,805
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
7,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
There will be no increase in base salary for the executive
directors for 2009.
|
|
(2)
|
Will Ethridges annual incentive includes a special award
of Pearson shares in recognition of his contributions in such
areas as his leadership efforts on the Google settlement and his
oversight of Pearsons global content management programme.
The after-tax amount will be invested in Pearson shares, which
will be acquired and held under the annual bonus share matching
plan in 2009.
|
|
(3)
|
Allowances for Marjorie Scardino include £43,560 in respect
of housing costs and a US payroll supplement of £11,804.
John Makinson is entitled to a location and market premium in
relation to the management of the business of the Penguin Group
in the US and received £182,824 for 2008.
|
|
(4)
|
Benefits include company car, car allowance and UK health care
premiums. US health and welfare benefits for Marjorie Scardino
and Will Ethridge are self-insured and the company cost, after
employee contributions, is
|
51
|
|
|
tax free to employees. For Marjorie Scardino, benefits include
£20,233 pension planning and financial advice. Marjorie
Scardino, Rona Fairhead, David Bell and John Makinson have the
use of a chauffeur.
|
|
|
(5) |
No amounts as compensation for loss of office and no expense
allowances chargeable to UK income tax were paid during the year.
|
Share
options of senior management
This table sets forth for each director the number of share
options held as of December 31, 2008 as well as the
exercise price, rounded to the nearest whole pence/cent, and the
range of expiration dates of these options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Earliest
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Options
|
|
(1)
|
|
Price
|
|
Exercise Date
|
|
Expiry Date
|
|
Marjorie Scardino(2)
|
|
37,583
|
|
c*
|
|
1372.4p
|
|
06/08/02
|
|
06/08/09
|
|
|
37,583
|
|
c*
|
|
1647.5p
|
|
06/08/02
|
|
06/08/09
|
|
|
41,550
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/02
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
41,550
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/03
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
41,550
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/04
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
41,550
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/05
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
241,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Bell
|
|
297
|
|
b
|
|
629.6p
|
|
08/01/09
|
|
02/01/10
|
|
|
821
|
|
b
|
|
690.4p
|
|
08/01/10
|
|
02/01/11
|
|
|
18,705
|
|
c*
|
|
1372.4p
|
|
06/08/02
|
|
06/08/09
|
|
|
18,705
|
|
c*
|
|
1647.5p
|
|
06/08/02
|
|
06/08/09
|
|
|
16,350
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/02
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
16,350
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/03
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
16,350
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/04
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
16,350
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/05
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
103,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Will Ethridge
|
|
10,802
|
|
c*
|
|
1372.4p
|
|
06/08/02
|
|
08/06/09
|
|
|
10,802
|
|
c*
|
|
1647.5p
|
|
06/08/02
|
|
08/06/09
|
|
|
11,010
|
|
d*
|
|
$21.00
|
|
05/09/02
|
|
09/05/11
|
|
|
11,010
|
|
d*
|
|
$21.00
|
|
05/09/03
|
|
09/05/11
|
|
|
11,010
|
|
d*
|
|
$21.00
|
|
05/09/04
|
|
09/05/11
|
|
|
11,010
|
|
d*
|
|
$21.00
|
|
05/09/05
|
|
09/05/11
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
d*
|
|
$11.97
|
|
11/01/02
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
d*
|
|
$11.97
|
|
11/01/03
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
d*
|
|
$11.97
|
|
11/01/04
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
109,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
2,371
|
|
b
|
|
690.4p
|
|
08/01/12
|
|
02/01/13
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
d*
|
|
822.0p
|
|
11/01/02
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
d*
|
|
822.0p
|
|
11/01/03
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
d*
|
|
822.0p
|
|
11/01/04
|
|
11/01/11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
62,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Earliest
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Options
|
|
(1)
|
|
Price
|
|
Exercise Date
|
|
Expiry Date
|
|
Robin Freestone
|
|
1,757
|
|
b
|
|
534.8p
|
|
08/01/11
|
|
02/01/12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
1,757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Makinson
|
|
4,178
|
|
b
|
|
424.8p
|
|
08/01/10
|
|
02/01/11
|
|
|
21,477
|
|
c*
|
|
1372.4p
|
|
06/08/02
|
|
06/08/09
|
|
|
21,477
|
|
c*
|
|
1647.5p
|
|
06/08/02
|
|
06/08/09
|
|
|
19,785
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/02
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
19,785
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/03
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
19,785
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/04
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
19,785
|
|
d*
|
|
1421.0p
|
|
05/09/05
|
|
05/09/11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
126,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Shares under option are designated as: a executive; b
worldwide save for shares; c premium priced; and d
long-term incentive; and * where options are
exercisable.
|
The plans under which these options were granted were replaced
with the introduction of the long-term incentive plan in 2001.
No executive options have been granted to the directors since
1998. All options have now lapsed, having been unexercised at
the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.
|
|
b |
Worldwide save for shares
|
The acquisition of shares under the worldwide save for shares
plan is not subject to the satisfaction of a performance target.
The plan under which these options were granted was replaced
with the introduction of the long-term incentive plan in 2001.
No Premium Priced Options (PPOs) have been granted to the
directors since 1999. The share price targets for the three-year
and five-year tranches of PPOs granted in 1999 have already been
met prior to 2008. The share price target for the seven-year
tranche of PPOs granted in 2000 was not met in 2008 and the
options lapsed. The secondary real growth in earnings per share
target for any PPOs to become exercisable has already been met
prior to 2008. All PPOs that remain outstanding lapse if they
remain unexercised at the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.
All options that remain outstanding are exercisable and lapse if
they remain unexercised at the tenth anniversary of the date of
grant.
|
|
(2) |
In addition, Marjorie Scardino contributes US$1,000 per month
(the maximum allowed) to the US employee stock purchase plan.
The terms of this plan allow participants to make monthly
contributions for one year and to acquire shares at the end of
that period at a price that is the lower of the market price at
the beginning or the end of the period, both less 15%.
|
53
Share
ownership of senior management
The table below sets forth the number of ordinary shares and
restricted shares held by each of our directors as at
February 28, 2009. Additional information with respect to
share options held by, and bonus awards for, these persons is
set out above in Remuneration of Senior Management
and Share Options for Senior Management. The total
number of ordinary shares held by senior management as of
February 28, 2009 was 1,916,299 representing less than 1%
of the issued share capital on February 28, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary
|
|
|
Restricted
|
|
As at March 31, 2009
|
|
shares(1)
|
|
|
shares(2)
|
|
|
Glen Moreno
|
|
|
210,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marjorie Scardino
|
|
|
632,755
|
|
|
|
1,957,861
|
|
David Arculus
|
|
|
11,740
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Bell
|
|
|
250,348
|
|
|
|
593,970
|
|
Terry Burns
|
|
|
10,290
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patrick Cescau
|
|
|
4,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
Will Ethridge
|
|
|
128,758
|
|
|
|
490,192
|
|
Rona Fairhead
|
|
|
209,259
|
|
|
|
699,460
|
|
Robin Freestone
|
|
|
44,379
|
|
|
|
400,216
|
|
Susan Fuhrman
|
|
|
7,365
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ken Hydon
|
|
|
8,559
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Makinson
|
|
|
397,733
|
|
|
|
668,469
|
|
CK Prahalad
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Amounts include shares acquired by individuals under the annual
bonus share matching plan and amounts purchased in the market by
individuals.
|
|
(2)
|
Restricted shares comprise awards made under the annual bonus
share matching and long-term incentive plans. The number of
shares shown represents the maximum number of shares which may
vest, subject to the performance conditions being fulfilled.
|
Employee
share ownership plans
Worldwide
save for shares and US employee share purchase
plans
In 1998, we introduced a worldwide save for shares plan. Under
this plan, our employees around the world have the option to
save a portion of their monthly salary over periods of three,
five or seven years. At the end of this period, the employee has
the option to purchase ordinary shares with the accumulated
funds at a purchase price equal to 80% of the market price
prevailing at the commencement of the employees
participation in the plan.
In the United States, this plan operates as a stock purchase
plan under Section 423 of the US Internal Revenue Code of
1986. This plan was introduced in 2000 following Pearsons
listing on the New York Stock Exchange. Under it, participants
save a portion of their monthly salary over six month periods,
at the end of which they have the option to purchase ADRs with
their accumulated funds at a purchase price equal to 85% of the
lower of the market price prevailing at the beginning or end of
the period.
Board
Practices
Our board currently comprises the chairman, who is a part-time
non-executive director, six executive directors and six
non-executive directors. Our articles of association provide
that at every annual general meeting, one-third of the board of
directors, or the number nearest to one-third, shall retire from
office. The directors to retire each year are the directors who
have been longest in office since their last election or
appointment. A retiring director is eligible for re-election. If
at any annual general meeting, the place of a retiring director
is not filled, the retiring director, if willing, is deemed to
have been re-elected, unless at or prior to such meeting it is
expressly resolved not
54
to fill the vacated office, or unless a resolution for the
re-election of that director has been put to the meeting and
lost. Our articles of association also provide that every
director be subject to re-appointment by shareholders at the
next annual general meeting following their appointment.
However this year, and in future years, in accordance with good
corporate governance, the board have resolved that all directors
should offer themselves for re-election on an annual basis at
the companys annual general meeting. Accordingly, all of
the directors will offer themselves for re-election, (or
reappointment in the case of directors who were appointed since
the last meeting), at the forthcoming AGM on 1 May 2009.
Details of our approach to corporate governance and an account
of how we comply with NYSE requirements can be found on our
website (www.pearson.com/investor/corpgov.htm).
The board of directors has established the following committees,
all of which report to the board. Each committee has its own
written terms of reference setting out their authority and
duties. These can be found on our website
(www.pearson.com/investor/governance)
Audit
committee
This committee provides the board with a vehicle to appraise our
financial management and reporting and to assess the integrity
of our accounting procedures and financial controls. Ken Hydon
chairs this committee and its other members are David Arculus,
Patrick Cescau and Susan Fuhrman. Ken Hydon is also the
designated audit committee financial expert within the meaning
of the applicable rules and regulations of the US Securities and
Exchange Commission. Our internal and external auditors have
direct access to the committee to raise any matter of concern
and to report the results of work directed by the committee.
Personnel
committee
This committee meets regularly to decide the remuneration and
benefits of the executive directors and the chief executives of
our three operating divisions. The committee also recommends the
chairmans remuneration to the board of directors for its
decision and reviews management development and succession
plans. David Arculus chairs this committee and its other members
are Terry Burns, Glen Moreno and Ken Hydon.
Nomination
committee
This committee meets from time to time as necessary to consider
the appointment of new directors. The committee is chaired by
Glen Moreno and comprises Marjorie Scardino and all of the
non-executive directors.
Employees
The average number of persons employed by us during each of the
three fiscal years ended 2008 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
33,680 in fiscal 2008,
|
|
|
|
32,692 in fiscal 2007, and
|
|
|
|
34,341 in fiscal 2006.
|
We, through our subsidiaries, have entered into collective
bargaining agreements with employees in various locations. Our
management has no reason to believe that we would not be able to
renegotiate any such agreements on satisfactory terms. We
encourage employees to contribute actively to the business in
the context of their particular job roles and believe that the
relations with our employees are generally good.
55
The table set forth below shows for 2008, 2007 and 2006 the
average number of persons employed in each of our operating
divisions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average number employed
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
North American Education
|
|
|
15,412
|
|
|
|
14,327
|
|
|
|
12,710
|
|
International Education
|
|
|
5,718
|
|
|
|
5,291
|
|
|
|
4,472
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
2,641
|
|
|
|
2,540
|
|
|
|
2,223
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
4,112
|
|
|
|
4,163
|
|
|
|
3,943
|
|
FT Publishing
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
|
|
2,083
|
|
|
|
1,766
|
|
Interactive Data
|
|
|
2,413
|
|
|
|
2,300
|
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
Other
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
33,584
|
|
|
|
31,622
|
|
|
|
28,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
1,070
|
|
|
|
6,127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
33,680
|
|
|
|
32,692
|
|
|
|
34,341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITEM 7. MAJOR
SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
To our knowledge, as of February 28, 2009, the only
beneficial owners of 3% or more of our issued and outstanding
ordinary share capital were Legal & General Group plc
which owned 33,336,528 ordinary shares representing 4.12% of our
outstanding ordinary shares. On February 28, 2009, record
holders with registered addresses in the United States held
33,008,366 ADRs, which represented 4.08% of our outstanding
ordinary shares. Some of these ADRs are held by nominees and so
these numbers may not accurately represent the number of
beneficial owners in the United States.
Loans and equity advanced to joint ventures and associates
during the year and as at December 31, 2008 are shown in
note 12 in Item 18. Financial Statements.
Amounts due from joint ventures and associates are set out in
note 22 and dividends receivable from joint ventures and
associates are set out in note 12 in Item 18.
Financial Statements. There were no other related party
transactions in 2008.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report are
included on pages F-1 through F-70 hereof.
Other than those events described in note 37 in
Item 18. Financial Statements of this
Form 20-F
and seasonal fluctuations in borrowings, there has been no
significant change to our financial condition or results of
operations since December 31, 2008. Our borrowings
fluctuate by season due to the effect of the school year on the
working capital requirements of the educational book business.
Assuming no acquisitions or disposals, our maximum level of net
debt normally occurs in July, and our minimum level of net debt
normally occurs in December.
Our policy with respect to dividend distributions is described
in response to Item 3. Key Information above.
ITEM 9. THE
OFFER AND LISTING
The principal trading market for our ordinary shares is the
London Stock Exchange. Our ordinary shares also trade in the
United States in the form of ADSs evidenced by ADRs under a
sponsored ADR facility with The Bank of New York as depositary.
We established this facility in March 1995 and amended it in
August 2000 in connection with our New York Stock Exchange
listing. Each ADS represents one ordinary share.
The ADSs trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol
PSO.
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest middle
market quotations, which represent the average of closing bid
and asked prices, for the ordinary shares, as derived from the
Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange and the average
daily trading volume on the London Stock Exchange:
|
|
|
|
|
on an annual basis for our five most recent fiscal years,
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
on a quarterly basis for our most recent quarter and two most
recent fiscal years, and
|
|
|
|
on a monthly basis for the six most recent months.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shares
|
|
|
Average daily
|
|
Reference period
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
trading volume
|
|
|
|
(In pence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Ordinary shares)
|
|
|
Five most recent fiscal years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
|
4,758,300
|
|
2007
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
6,405,600
|
|
2006
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
|
5,004,500
|
|
2005
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
|
5,296,700
|
|
2004
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
|
6,219,200
|
|
Most recent quarter and two most recent fiscal years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 Fourth quarter
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
|
5,603,400
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
4,748,000
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
3,590,800
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
|
5,083,300
|
|
2007 Fourth quarter
|
|
|
798
|
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
5,156,300
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
|
6,481,400
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
|
7,390,600
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
872
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
|
6,632,100
|
|
Most recent six months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2009
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
|
4,575,200
|
|
January 2009
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
|
6,426,800
|
|
December 2008
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
|
4,387,800
|
|
November 2008
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
4,736,800
|
|
October 2008
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
|
7,449,400
|
|
September 2008
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
5,560,800
|
|
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
Memorandum
and articles of association
We summarize below the material provisions of our memorandum and
articles of association, as amended, which have been filed as an
exhibit to our annual report on
Form 20-F
for the year ended December 31, 2008. The summary below is
qualified entirely by reference to the Memorandum and Articles
of Association. We have multiple business objectives and
purposes and are authorized to do such things as the board may
consider fit to further our interests or incidental or conducive
to the attainment of our objectives and purposes.
Directors
powers
Our business shall be managed by the board of directors and the
board may exercise all such of our powers as are not required by
law or by the Articles of Association to be exercised by
resolution of the shareholders in general meeting.
Interested
directors
For the purposes of section 175 of the Companies Act 2006
the board may authorise any matter proposed to it which would,
if not so authorised, involve a breach of duty by a Director
under that section, including, without
57
limitation, any matter which relates to a situation in which a
Director has, or can have, an interest which conflicts, or
possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company. Any
such authorisation will be effective only if:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
any requirement as to quorum at the meeting at which the matter
is considered is met without counting the Director in question
or any other interested Director; and
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
the matter was agreed to without their voting or would have been
agreed to if their votes had not been counted.
|
The board may (whether at the time of the giving of the
authorisation or subsequently) make any such authorisation
subject to any limits or conditions it expressly imposes but
such authorisation is otherwise given to the fullest extent
permitted. The board may vary or terminate any such
authorisation at any time.
Provided that he has disclosed to the board the nature and
extent of his interest, a Director notwithstanding his office:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction
or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is
otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested;
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for
the Company (otherwise than as auditor) and he or his firm shall
be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he
were not a Director;
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a
party to a transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise
interested in, any body corporate in which the Company is
otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested.
|
A Director shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to
the Company for any remuneration or other benefit which he
derives from any office or employment or from any transaction or
arrangement or from any interest in any body corporate:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
the acceptance, entry into or existence of which has been
approved by the board (subject, in any such case, to any limits
or conditions to which such approval was subject); or
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
which he is permitted to hold or enter into by virtue of
paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above;
|
nor shall the receipt of any such remuneration or other benefit
constitute a breach of his duty under section 176 of the
Act.
A Director shall be under no duty to the Company with respect to
any information which he obtains or has obtained otherwise than
as a director of the Company and in respect of which he owes a
duty of confidentiality to another person. However, to the
extent that his relationship with that other person gives rise
to a conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest,
which has been approved by the board: the director shall not be
in breach of the general duties he owes to the Company by virtue
of sections 171 to 177 of the Act because he fails:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
to disclose any such information to the board or to any Director
or other officer or employee of the Company; and/or
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
to use or apply any such information in performing his duties as
a Director of the Company.
|
Where the existence of a Directors relationship with
another person has been approved by the board and his
relationship with that person gives rise to a conflict of
interest or possible conflict of interest, the Director shall
not be in breach of the general duties he owes to the Company by
virtue of sections 171 to 177 of the Act because he:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
absents himself from meetings of the board at which any matter
relating to the conflict of interest or possible conflict of
interest will or may be discussed or from the discussion of any
such matter at a meeting or otherwise; and/or
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
makes arrangements not to receive documents and information
relating to any matter which gives rise to the conflict of
interest or possible conflict of interest sent or supplied by
the Company
and/or for
such documents and information to be received and read by a
professional adviser,
|
for so long as he reasonably believes such conflict of interest
or possible conflict of interest subsists.
58
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director will be entitled to
vote, and be counted in the quorum, on any resolution concerning
any of the following matters:
|
|
|
|
|
the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of
money lent or obligations incurred by him or by any other person
at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or any of
its subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third
party in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company or any
of its subsidiaries for which he himself has assumed
responsibility in whole or in part and whether alone or jointly
with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of
security;
|
|
|
|
any proposal relating to the Company or any of its subsidiary
undertakings where it is offering securities in which offer a
Director is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of
securities or in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of which a
Director is to participate;
|
|
|
|
any proposal relating to another company in which he and any
persons connected with him do not to his knowledge hold an
interest in shares (as that term is used in sections 820 to
825 of the Companies Act 2006) representing one per cent.
or more of either any class of the equity share capital, or the
voting rights, in such company;
|
|
|
|
any proposal relating to an arrangement for the benefit of the
employees of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings
which does not award him any privilege or benefit not generally
awarded to the employees to whom such arrangement
relates; and
|
|
|
|
any proposal concerning insurance that we propose to maintain or
purchase for the benefit of directors or for the benefit of
persons, including directors.
|
Where proposals are under consideration concerning the
appointment of two or more directors to offices or employment
with us or any company in which we are interested, these
proposals may be divided and considered separately and each of
these directors, if not prohibited from voting under the proviso
of the fourth clause above, will be entitled to vote and be
counted in the quorum with respect to each resolution except
that concerning his or her own appointment.
Borrowing
powers
The board of directors may exercise all powers to borrow money
and to mortgage or charge our undertaking, property and uncalled
capital and to issue debentures and other securities, whether
outright or as collateral security for any of our or any third
partys debts, liabilities or obligations. The board of
directors must restrict the borrowings in order to secure that
the aggregate amount of undischarged monies borrowed by us (and
any of our subsidiaries), but excluding any intra-group debts,
shall not at any time exceed a sum equal to twice the aggregate
of the adjusted capital and reserves, unless the shareholders in
general meeting sanction an excession of this limitation.
Other
provisions relating to directors
Under the articles of association, directors are paid out of our
funds for their services as we may from time to time determine
by ordinary resolution and, in the case of non-executive
directors, up to an aggregate of £750,000 or such other
amounts as resolved by the shareholders at a general meeting.
Directors currently are not required to be qualified by owning
our shares. Changes to the Companies Act, which came into force
on April 7, 2007, now permit the appointment of a director
age 70 or over.
Annual
general meetings
Shareholders meetings could previously be either annual
general meetings or extraordinary general meetings. However the
concept of an extraordinary meeting has not been retained by the
Companies Act 2006 and shareholder meetings can now only be
annual general meetings.
The following matters are usually transacted at an annual
general meeting:
59
|
|
|
|
|
consideration of the accounts and balance sheet;
|
|
|
|
ordinary reports of the board of directors and auditors and any
other documents required to be annexed to the balance sheet;
|
|
|
|
as holders of ordinary shares vote for the election of one-third
of the members of the board of directors at every annual general
meeting, the appointment or election of directors in the place
of those retiring by rotation or otherwise;
|
|
|
|
appointment or reappointment of, and determination of the
remuneration of, the auditors; and
|
|
|
|
the renewal, limitation, extension, variation or grant of any
authority of or to the board, pursuant to the Companies Act
1985, to allot securities.
|
We hold our annual general meeting within fifteen months after
the date of the preceding annual general meeting, at a place and
time determined by the board.
The board may call a general meeting whenever it thinks fit. If
at any time there are not within the United Kingdom sufficient
directors capable of acting to form a quorum, any director or
any two members may convene a general meeting in the same manner
as nearly as possible as that in which meetings may be convened
by the board.
No business shall be dealt with at any general meeting unless a
quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business. Three
members present in person and entitled to vote shall be a quorum
for all purposes. A corporation being a member shall be deemed
to be personally present if represented by its duly authorized
representative.
If a quorum for a meeting convened at the request of
shareholders is not present within fifteen minutes of the
appointed time, the meeting will be dissolved. In any other
case, the general meeting will be adjourned to the same day in
the next week, at the same time and place, or to a time and
place that the chairman fixes. If at that rescheduled meeting a
quorum is not present within fifteen minutes from the time
appointed for holding the meeting, the shareholders present in
person or by proxy will be a quorum. The chairman or, in his
absence, the deputy chairman or any other director nominated by
the board, will preside as chairman at every general meeting. If
no director is present at the general meeting or no director
consents to act as chairman, the shareholders present shall
elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
Ordinary
shares
Certificates representing ordinary shares are issued in
registered form and, subject to the terms of issue of those
shares, are issued following allotment or receipt of the form of
transfer bearing the appropriate stamp duty by our registrars,
Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99
6TH, United Kingdom, telephone number +44-845-607-6838.
Share
capital
Any share may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other
special rights or other restrictions as we may determine by way
of a shareholders vote in general meeting. Subject to the
Companies Act 2006, any shares may be issued on terms that they
are, or at our or the shareholders option are, liable to
be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as we, before the
issue of the shares, may determine by special resolution of the
shareholders.
There are no provisions in the Articles of Association which
discriminate against any existing or prospective shareholder as
a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of
shares.
Subject to the terms of the shares which have been issued, the
directors may from time to time make calls upon the shareholders
in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares, provided that
(subject to the terms of the shares so issued) no call on any
share shall be payable at less than fourteen clear days from the
last call. The directors may, if they see fit, receive from any
shareholder willing to advance the same, all and any part of the
moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him.
60
Changes
in capital
We may from time to time, by ordinary resolution:
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate and divide our share capital into shares of a larger
amount than its existing shares; or
|
|
|
|
sub-divide all of or any of our existing shares into shares of
smaller amounts than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association,
subject to the Companies Act 2006; or
|
|
|
|
cancel any shares which, at the date of passing of the
resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any
person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the
amount of the shares so cancelled.
|
We may, from time to time, by ordinary resolution increase our
share capital and, by special resolution, decrease our share
capital, capital redemption reserve fund and any share premium
account in any way.
Voting
rights
Every holder of ordinary shares present in person at a meeting
of shareholders has one vote on a vote taken by a show of hands.
On a poll, every holder of ordinary shares who is present in
person or by proxy has one vote for every ordinary share of
which he or she is the holder. Voting at any meeting of
shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll is properly
demanded before the declaration of the results of a show of
hands. A poll may be demanded by:
|
|
|
|
|
the chairman of the meeting;
|
|
|
|
at least three shareholders present in person or by proxy and
entitled to vote;
|
|
|
|
any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy
representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights
of all shareholders having the right to vote at the
meeting; or
|
|
|
|
any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy
holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting being
shares on which the aggregate sum paid up is equal to not less
than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring
that right.
|
Dividends
Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends out
of our profits that are available by law for distribution, as we
may declare by ordinary resolution, subject to the terms of
issue thereof. However, no dividends may be declared in excess
of an amount recommended by the board of directors. The board
may pay interim dividends to the shareholders as it deems fit.
We may invest or otherwise use all dividends left unclaimed for
six months after having been declared for our benefit, until
claimed. All dividends unclaimed for a period of twelve years
after having been declared will be forfeited and revert to us.
The directors may, with the sanction of a resolution of the
shareholders, offer any holders of ordinary shares the right to
elect to receive ordinary shares credited as fully paid, in
whole or in part, instead of cash in respect of such dividend.
The directors may deduct from any dividend payable to any
shareholder all sums of money (if any) presently payable by that
shareholder to us on account of calls or otherwise in relation
to our shares.
Liquidation
rights
In the event of our liquidation, after payment of all
liabilities, our remaining assets would be used to repay the
holders of ordinary shares the amount they paid for their
ordinary shares. Any balance would be divided among the holders
of ordinary shares in proportion to the nominal amount of the
ordinary shares held by them.
Other
provisions of the articles of association
Whenever our capital is divided into different classes of
shares, the special rights attached to any class may, unless
otherwise provided by the terms of the issue of the shares of
that class, be varied or abrogated, either with the
61
written consent of the holders of three-fourths of the issued
shares of the class or with the sanction of an extraordinary
resolution passed at a separate meeting of these holders.
In the event that a shareholder or other person appearing to the
board of directors to be interested in ordinary shares fails to
comply with a notice requiring him or her to provide information
with respect to their interest in voting shares pursuant to
section 820 of the Companies Act 2006, we may serve that
shareholder with a notice of default. After service of a default
notice, that shareholder shall not be entitled to attend or vote
at any general meeting or at a separate meeting of holders of a
class of shares or on a poll until he or she has complied in
full with our information request.
If the shares described in the default notice represent at least
one-fourth of 1% in nominal value of the issued ordinary shares,
then the default notice may additionally direct that in respect
of those shares:
|
|
|
|
|
we will not pay dividends (or issue shares in lieu of
dividends); and
|
|
|
|
we will not register transfers of shares unless the shareholder
is not himself in default as regards supplying the information
requested and the transfer, when presented for registration, is
in such form as the board of directors may require to the effect
that after due and careful inquiry, the shareholder is satisfied
that no person in default is interested in any of the ordinary
shares which are being transferred or the transfer is an
approved transfer, as defined in our articles of association.
|
No provision of our articles of association expressly governs
the ordinary share ownership threshold above which shareholder
ownership must be disclosed. Under the Companies Act 2006, any
person who acquires, either alone or, in specified
circumstances, with others:
|
|
|
|
|
a material interest in our voting share capital equal to or in
excess of 3%; or
|
|
|
|
a non-material interest equal to or in excess of 10%,
|
comes under an obligation to disclose prescribed particulars to
us in respect of those ordinary shares. A disclosure obligation
also arises where a persons notifiable interests fall
below the notifiable percentage, or where, above that level, the
percentage of our voting share capital in which a person has a
notifiable interest increases or decreases.
Limitations
affecting holders of ordinary shares or ADSs
Under English law and our memorandum and articles of
association, persons who are neither UK residents nor UK
nationals may freely hold, vote and transfer ordinary shares in
the same manner as UK residents or nationals.
With respect to the items discussed above, applicable UK law is
not materially different from applicable US law.
Material
contracts
Pearson has not entered into any contracts outside the ordinary
course of business during the two year period immediately
preceding the date of this annual report.
Executive
employment contracts
We have entered into agreements with each of our executive
directors pursuant to which such executive director is employed
by us. These agreements describe the duties of such executive
director and the compensation to be paid by us. See
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and
Employees Compensation of Senior Management.
Each agreement may be terminated by us on 12 months
notice or by the executive director on six months notice.
In the event we terminate any executive director without giving
the full 12 months advance notice, the executive
director is entitled to receive liquidated damages equal to
12 months base salary and benefits together with a
proportion of potential bonus.
62
Exchange
controls
There are no UK government laws, decrees, regulations or other
legislation which restrict or which may affect the import or
export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash
equivalents for use by us or the remittance of dividends,
interest or other payments to nonresident holders of our
securities, except as otherwise described under
Tax Considerations below.
Tax
considerations
The following is a discussion of the material US federal income
tax considerations and UK tax considerations arising from the
acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares and
ADSs by a US holder. A US holder is:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual citizen or resident of the US, or
|
|
|
|
a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the
US or any of its political subdivisions, or
|
|
|
|
an estate or trust the income of which is subject to US federal
income taxation regardless of its source.
|
This discussion deals only with ordinary shares and ADSs that
are held as capital assets by a US holder, and does not address
tax considerations applicable to US holders that may be subject
to special tax rules, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
dealers or traders in securities or currencies,
|
|
|
|
financial institutions or other US holders that treat income in
respect of the ordinary shares or ADSs as financial services
income,
|
|
|
|
insurance companies,
|
|
|
|
tax-exempt entities,
|
|
|
|
US holders that hold the ordinary shares or ADSs as a part of a
straddle or conversion transaction or other arrangement
involving more than one position,
|
|
|
|
US holders that own, or are deemed for US tax purposes to own,
10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
our voting stock,
|
|
|
|
US holders that have a principal place of business or tax
home outside the United States, or
|
|
|
|
US holders whose functional currency is not the US
dollar.
|
For US federal income tax purposes, holders of ADSs will be
treated as the owners of the ordinary shares represented by
those ADSs.
In addition, the following discussion assumes that The Bank of
New York will perform its obligations as depositary in
accordance with the terms of the depositary agreement and any
related agreements.
Because US and UK tax consequences may differ from one holder
to the next, the discussion set out below does not purport to
describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to
you and your particular situation. Accordingly, you are advised
to consult your own tax advisor as to the US federal, state and
local, UK and other, including foreign, tax consequences of
investing in the ordinary shares or ADSs. The statements of US
and UK tax law set out below are based on the laws and
interpretations in force as of the date of this Annual Report,
and are subject to any changes occurring after that date.
UK
income taxation of distributions
The UK does not impose dividend withholding tax on dividends
paid to US holders.
US
income taxation of distributions
Distributions that we make with respect to the ordinary shares
or ADSs, other than distributions in liquidation and
distributions in redemption of stock that are treated as
exchanges, will be taxed to US holders as ordinary dividend
income to the extent that the distributions do not exceed our
current and accumulated earnings and profits.
63
The amount of any distribution will equal the amount of the cash
distribution. Distributions, if any, in excess of our current
and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a
non-taxable return of capital to a US holder and will be applied
against and reduce the US holders tax basis in its
ordinary shares or ADSs. To the extent that these distributions
exceed the tax basis of the US holder in its ordinary shares or
ADSs, the excess generally will be treated as capital gain.
Dividends that we pay will not be eligible for the dividends
received deduction generally allowed to US corporations
under Section 243 of the Code.
In the case of distributions in pounds, the amount of the
distributions generally will equal the US dollar value of the
pounds distributed, determined by reference to the spot currency
exchange rate on the date of receipt of the distribution by the
US holder in the case of shares or by The Bank of New York in
the case of ADSs, regardless of whether the US holder reports
income on a cash basis or an accrual basis. The US holder will
realize separate foreign currency gain or loss only to the
extent that this gain or loss arises on the actual disposition
of pounds received. For US holders claiming tax credits on a
cash basis, taxes withheld from the distribution are translated
into US dollars at the spot rate on the date of the
distribution; for US holders claiming tax credits on an accrual
basis, taxes withheld from the distribution are translated into
US dollars at the average rate for the taxable year.
A distribution by the Company to noncorporate shareholders
before 2011 will be taxed as net capital gain at a maximum rate
of 15%, provided certain holding periods are met, to the extent
such distribution is treated as a dividend under US federal
income tax principles.
UK
income taxation of capital gains
Under the Income Tax Treaty, each country generally may tax
capital gains in accordance with the provisions of its domestic
law. Under present UK law, a US holder that is not a resident,
and, in the case of an individual, not ordinarily resident, in
the UK for UK tax purposes and who (in the case of an
individual) does not carry on a trade, profession or vocation in
the UK through a branch or agency, or (in the case of a company)
does not carry on a trade in the UK through a UK permanent
establishment, to which ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable
will not be liable for UK taxation on capital gains or eligible
for relief for allowable losses, realized on the sale or other
disposal (including redemption) of these ordinary shares or ADSs.
US
income taxation of capital gains
Upon a sale or exchange of ordinary shares or ADSs to a person
other than Pearson, a US holder will recognize gain or loss in
an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on
the sale or exchange and the US holders adjusted tax basis
in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Any gain or loss recognized will
be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or
loss if the US holder has held the ordinary shares or ADSs for
more than one year. Long-term capital gain of a noncorporate US
holder is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. This
long-term capital gain rate is scheduled to expire in 2011.
Gain or loss realized by a US holder on the sale or exchange of
ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be treated as US-source
gain or loss for US foreign tax credit purposes.
Estate
and gift tax
The current Estate and Gift Tax Convention, or the Convention,
between the US and the UK generally relieves from UK Inheritance
Tax (the equivalent of US Estate and Gift Tax) the transfer of
ordinary shares or of ADSs where the transferor is domiciled in
the US, for the purposes of the Convention. This relief will not
apply if the ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business
property of an individuals permanent establishment in the
UK or pertain to the fixed base in the UK of a person providing
independent personal services. If no relief is given under the
Convention, inheritance tax may be charged on the amount by
which the value of the transferors estate is reduced as a
result of any transfer made by way of gift or other gratuitous
transfer by an individual, in general within seven years of
death, or on the death of an individual. In the unusual case
where ordinary shares or ADSs are subject to both UK Inheritance
Tax and US Estate or Gift Tax, the Convention generally provides
for tax paid in the UK to be
64
credited against tax payable in the US or for tax paid in the US
to be credited against tax payable in the UK based on priority
rules set forth in the Convention.
Stamp
duty
No stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) will be payable
in the UK on the purchase or transfer of an ADS, provided that
the ADS, and any separate instrument or written agreement of
transfer, remain at all times outside the UK and that the
instrument or written agreement of transfer is not executed in
the UK. Stamp duty or SDRT is, however, generally payable at the
rate of 1.5% of the amount or value of the consideration or, in
some circumstances, the value of the ordinary shares, where
ordinary shares are issued or transferred to a person whose
business is or includes issuing depositary receipts, or to a
nominee or agent for such a person.
A transfer for value of the underlying ordinary shares will
generally be subject to either stamp duty or SDRT, normally at
the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration. A
transfer of ordinary shares from a nominee to its beneficial
owner, including the transfer of underlying ordinary shares from
the Depositary to an ADS holder, under which no beneficial
interest will not be subject to stamp duty or SDRT.
Close
company status
We believe that the close company provisions of the UK Income
and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 do not apply to us.
Documents
on display
Copies of our Memorandum and Articles of Association and filed
as exhibits to this Annual Report and certain other documents
referred to in this Annual Report are available for inspection
at our registered office at 80 Strand, London WC2R 0RL
(c/o the
Company Secretary), or, in the US, at the registered office of
Pearson Inc. at 1330 Avenue of the Americas,
7th Floor, New York, New York, during usual business hours
upon reasonable prior request.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
Introduction
Our principal market risks are changes in interest rates and
currency exchange rates. Following an evaluation of these
positions, we selectively enter into derivative financial
instruments to manage our risk exposure. For this purpose, we
primarily use interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and
collars, forward rate agreements, currency swaps and forward
foreign exchange contracts. Managing market risks is the
responsibility of the chief financial officer, who acts pursuant
to policies approved by the board of directors. The Audit
Committee receives regular reports on our treasury activities,
and we periodically meet with external advisers to review our
activities.
We have a policy of not undertaking any speculative
transactions, and we do not hold our derivative and other
financial instruments for trading purposes.
We have formulated policies for hedging exposures to interest
rate and foreign exchange risk, and have used derivatives to
ensure compliance with these policies. Although the majority of
our derivative contracts were transacted without regard to
existing IFRS requirements on hedge accounting, during 2008 and
2007 we qualified for hedge accounting under IFRS on a number of
our key derivative contracts.
The following discussion addresses market risk only and does not
present other risks that we face in the normal course of
business, including country risk, credit risk and legal risk.
Interest
rates
The Groups financial exposure to interest rates arises
primarily from its borrowings. The Group manages its exposure by
borrowing at fixed and variable rates of interest, and by
entering into derivative transactions. Objectives approved by
the board concerning the proportion of debt outstanding at fixed
rates govern the use of these financial instruments.
65
The Groups objectives are applied to core net debt, which
is measured at the year-end and comprises borrowings net of cash
and other liquid funds. Our objective is to maintain a
proportion of forecast core net debt in fixed or capped form for
the next four years, subject to a maximum of 65% and a minimum
that starts at 40% and falls by 10% each year.
The principal method of hedging interest rate risk is to enter
into an agreement with a bank counterparty to pay a fixed rate
and receive a variable rate, known as a swap. Under interest
rate swaps, the Group agrees with other parties to exchange, at
specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate and
variable-rate amounts calculated by reference to an agreed
notional principal amount. The majority of the Groups swap
contracts are US dollar denominated, and some of them have
deferred start dates, in order to maintain the desired risk
profile as other contracts mature. The variable rates received
are normally based on three-month or six-month LIBOR, and the
dates on which these rates are set do not necessarily exactly
match those of the hedged borrowings. Management believes that
our portfolio of these types of swaps is an efficient hedge of
our portfolio of variable rate borrowings.
In addition, from time to time, the Group issues bonds or other
capital market instruments to refinance existing debt. To avoid
the fixed rate on a single transaction unduly influencing our
overall net interest expense, our typical practice is to enter
into a related derivative contract effectively converting the
interest rate profile of the bond transaction to a variable
interest rate. In some cases, the bond issue is denominated in a
different currency to the Groups desired borrowing risk
profile and the Group enters into a related cross currency
interest rate swap in order to maintain this risk profile, which
is predominantly borrowings denominated in US dollars.
The Groups accounting objective in its use of interest
rate derivatives is to minimize the impact on the income
statement of changes in the
mark-to-market
value of its derivative portfolio as a whole. It uses duration
calculations to estimate the sensitivity of the derivatives to
movements in market rates. The Group also identifies which
derivatives are eligible for fair value hedge accounting (which
reduces significantly the income statement impact of changes in
the market value of a derivative). The Group then divides the
total portfolio between hedge-accounted and pooled segments, so
that the expected movement on the pooled segment is minimized.
Currency
exchange rates
Although the Group is based in the UK, it has significant
investments in overseas operations. The most significant
currency in which the Group trades is the US dollar.
The Groups policy is to align approximately the currency
composition of its core net borrowings with its forecast
operating profit before depreciation and amortization. This
policy aims to dampen the impact of changes in foreign exchange
rates on consolidated interest cover and earnings. This policy
applies only to currencies that account for more than 15% of
group operating profit, which currently are the US dollar and
sterling. However, the Group still borrows small amounts in
other currencies, typically for seasonal working capital needs.
In addition, the Groups policy does not require existing
currency debt to be terminated to match declines in that
currencys share of Group operating profit. Following the
boards approval of a policy change in October 2008,
currencies that account for less than 15% of Group operating
profit before depreciation and amortisation may now be included
in the above hedging process at the request of the chief
financial officer. At the balance sheet date, no hedging
transactions had been undertaken under that authority.
At December 31, 2008 the Groups net borrowings in our
main currencies (taking into account the effect of cross
currency rate swaps) were: US dollar £1,777m, and sterling
£127m.
The Group uses both currency denominated debt and derivative
instruments to implement the above policy. Its intention is that
gains/losses on the derivatives and debt offset the losses/gains
on the foreign currency assets and income. Each quarter the
value of hedging instruments is monitored against the assets in
the relevant currency and, where practical, a decision is made
whether to treat the debt or derivative as a net investment
hedge (permitting foreign exchange movements on it to be taken
to reserves) for the purposes of reporting under IFRS.
Investments in overseas operations are consolidated for
accounting purposes by translating values in one currency to
another currency, in particular from US dollars to sterling.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates affect the currency
values recorded in our accounts, although they do not give rise
to any realized gain or loss, nor to any currency cash flows.
66
The Group is also exposed to currency exchange rates in its cash
transactions and its investments in overseas operations. Cash
transactions typically for purchases, sales,
interest or dividends require cash conversions
between currencies. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates
affect the cash amounts that the Group pays or receives.
Forward
foreign exchange contracts
The Group sometimes uses forward foreign exchange contracts
where a specific major project or forecasted cash flow,
including acquisitions and disposals, arises from a business
decision that has used a specific foreign exchange rate. The
Groups policy is to effect routine transactional
conversions between currencies, for example to collect
receivables or settle payables, at the relevant spot exchange
rate.
The Group seeks to offset purchases and sales in the same
currency, even if they do not occur simultaneously. In addition,
its debt and cash portfolios management gives rise to temporary
currency shortfalls and surpluses. Both of these activities
require using short-dated foreign exchange swaps between
currencies.
Although the Group prepares its consolidated financial
statements in sterling, significant sums have been invested in
overseas assets, particularly in the US. Therefore, fluctuations
in currency exchange rates, particularly between the US dollar
and sterling, and to a lesser extent between the euro and
sterling, are likely to affect shareholders funds and
other accounting values.
Derivatives
Under IFRS, the Group is required to record all derivative
instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives not
classified as hedges are adjusted to fair value through
earnings. Changes in fair value of the derivatives that the
Group has designated and that qualify as effective hedges are
either recorded in reserves or are offset in earnings by the
corresponding movement in the fair value of the underlying
hedged item. Any ineffective portion of derivatives that are
classified as hedges is immediately recognized in earnings.
In 2008 and 2007 the Group met the prescribed designation
requirements and hedge effectiveness tests under IFRS for some
of its derivative contracts. As a result, the movements in the
fair value of the effective portion of fair value hedges and net
investment hedges have been offset in earnings and reserves
respectively by the corresponding movement in the fair value of
the underlying hedged item.
In line with the Groups treasury policy, none of these
instruments were considered trading instruments and each
instrument was transacted solely to match an underlying
financial exposure.
Quantitative
information about market risk
The sensitivity of the Groups derivative portfolio to
changes in interest rates is found in note 19 of
Item 18. Financial Statements.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
DESCRIPTION
OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Not applicable.
67
PART II
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
DEFAULTS,
DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
MATERIAL
MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF
PROCEEDS
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation
of our disclosure controls and procedures as of
December 31, 2008 was carried out by us under the
supervision and with the participation of our management,
including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer. Based on that evaluation the Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer concluded that Pearsons
disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to
provide, and are effective in providing, reasonable assurance
that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports
filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commissions rules and forms and that such information is
accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to
allow such timely decision regarding required disclosures. A
controls system, no matter how well designed and operated cannot
provide absolute assurance to achieve its objectives.
Managements
Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting
The Companys management is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial
reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting based on the framework
in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting, as at December 31, 2008, and has
concluded that such internal control over financial reporting
was effective.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has audited the consolidated
financial statements of the Company for the year ended
December 31, 2008, has also audited the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting
under Auditing Standard No. 5 of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Their audit report
may be found on
page F-2.
Change in
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
During the period covered by this Annual Report on
Form 20-F,
Pearson has made no significant changes to its internal controls
over financial reporting that have materially affected or are
reasonably likely to materially affect Pearsons internal
control over financial reporting.
|
|
ITEM 16A.
|
AUDIT
COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
|
The members of the Board of Directors of Pearson plc have
determined that Ken Hydon is an audit committee financial expert
within the meaning of the applicable rules and regulations of
the US Securities and Exchange Commission.
68
Pearson has adopted a code of ethics (the Pearson code of
business conduct) which applies to all employees including the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and other
senior financial management. This code of ethics is available on
our website (www.pearson.com/investor/corpgov.htm). The
information on our website is not incorporated by reference into
this report.
|
|
ITEM 16C.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
|
In 2003, the audit committee adopted a revised policy for
external auditor services, which is re-approved annually. The
policy requires all audit engagements undertaken by our external
auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, to be approved by the
audit committee. The policy permits the auditors to be engaged
for other services provided the engagement is specifically
approved in advance by the committee or alternatively meets the
detailed criteria of specific pre-approved services and is
notified to the committee.
The Group Chief Financial Officer can procure pre-approved
services, as defined in the audit committees policy for
auditor services, of up to an amount of £100,000 per
engagement, subject to a cumulative limit of £500,000 per
year. The limit of £100,000 will be subject to annual
review by the audit committee. Where pre-approval has not been
granted for a service or where the amount is above these limits,
specific case by case approval must be obtained from the audit
committee prior to the engagement of our auditor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auditors Remuneration
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
Audit fees
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Tax fees
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
All other fees
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Audit fees include £35,000 (2007: £35,000) of audit
fees relating to the audit of the parent company.
Fees for attestation under section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act are allocated to audit fees paid.
Tax services include services related to tax planning and
various other tax advisory services.
Other services include due diligence on acquisitions and
services related to the disposal of the Data Management business.
|
|
ITEM 16D.
|
EXEMPTIONS
FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
|
Not applicable.
|
|
ITEM 16E.
|
PURCHASES
OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED
PURCHASES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number of
|
|
|
of shares that
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
units purchased
|
|
|
may yet be
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as part of publicly
|
|
|
purchased under
|
|
|
|
Total number of
|
|
|
Average price
|
|
|
announced plans
|
|
|
the plans or
|
|
Period
|
|
shares purchased
|
|
|
paid per share
|
|
|
or programs
|
|
|
programs
|
|
|
February 1, 2007 - February 28, 2007
|
|
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
|
£8.19
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
June 1, 2007 - June 30, 2007
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
£8.39
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
December 1, 2007 - December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,400,000
|
|
|
|
£7.31
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
June 1, 2008 - June 30, 2008
|
|
|
2,000,000
|
|
|
|
£6.14
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Purchases of shares were made to satisfy obligations under
Pearson employee share award programs. All purchases were made
in open-market transactions. None of the foregoing share
purchases was made as part of a publicly announced plan or
program.
|
|
ITEM 16F.
|
CHANGE
IN REGISTRANTS CERTIFYING AUDITOR
|
Not applicable.
69
|
|
ITEM 16G.
|
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
|
In November 2003, the US Securities and Exchange Commission
approved changes to the New York Stock Exchanges listing
standards related to the corporate governance practices of
listed companies. As a listed non-US issuer, Pearson is required
to comply with some of the rules, and otherwise must disclose
any significant ways in which our corporate governance practices
differ from those followed by US companies under the NYSE
listing standards. At this time, the Company believes that it is
in compliance in all material respects with all the NYSE rules
except that the Nomination Committee is not composed entirely of
independent directors, and that it is the full board, not the
Nomination Committee, that develops and recommends corporate
governance principles.
PART III
|
|
ITEM 17.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
|
Not applicable.
|
|
ITEM 18.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
|
The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report are
included on pages F-1 through F-70 hereof.
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Memorandum and Articles of Association of Pearson plc.
|
8.1
|
|
List of Significant Subsidiaries.
|
12.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
|
12.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
|
13.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
|
13.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
|
15
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
|
70
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
F-1
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the
Board of Directors and Shareholders of Pearson plc
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and
the related consolidated statements of income, of cash flows and
of recognized income and expense present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Pearson plc and its
subsidiaries (the Group) at December 31, 2008
and December 31, 2007 and the results of their operations
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2008, in conformity with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board. Also, in our opinion
the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2008 based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO).
The Groups management are responsible for these financial
statements, for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting, included in
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15 of this
Form 20-F.
Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial
statements and on the Groups internal control over
financial reporting based on our integrated audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the financial statements included
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
London
United Kingdom
March 26, 2009
F-2
Consolidated
Income Statement
Year ended 31 December 2008
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
3,990
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(2,174
|
)
|
|
|
(1,910
|
)
|
|
|
(1,841
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,637
|
|
|
|
2,252
|
|
|
|
2,149
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(1,986
|
)
|
|
|
(1,701
|
)
|
|
|
(1,651
|
)
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
(133
|
)
|
Finance income
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
448
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
(Loss)/gain for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity holders of the company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
|
446
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share for profit from continuing and
discontinued operations attributable to the equity holders of
the company during the year (expressed in pence per share)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
basic
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
|
|
55.9p
|
|
diluted
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
|
|
55.8p
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share for profit from continuing operations
attributable to the equity holders of the company during the
year (expressed in pence per share)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
basic
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
|
|
52.7p
|
|
diluted
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
|
|
52.6p
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
Consolidated
Statement of Recognised Income and Expense
Year ended 31 December 2008
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
Actuarial (losses)/gains on retirement benefit
obligations Group
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
Actuarial losses on retirement benefit obligations
associate
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxation on items charged to equity
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income recognised directly in equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
978
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
(298
|
)
|
Profit for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognised income and expense for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,301
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity holders of the company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,270
|
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
At 31 December 2008
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
5,353
|
|
|
|
3,814
|
|
Investments in joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
328
|
|
Financial assets Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Retirement benefit assets
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Other financial assets
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,616
|
|
|
|
4,783
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
450
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
368
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
1,342
|
|
|
|
946
|
|
Financial assets Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Financial assets Marketable securities
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents (excluding overdrafts)
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,280
|
|
|
|
2,392
|
|
Non-current assets classified as held for sale
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,280
|
|
|
|
2,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,896
|
|
|
|
7,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
Consolidated
Balance Sheet (Continued)
At 31 December 2008
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities Borrowings
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(2,019
|
)
|
|
|
(1,049
|
)
|
Financial liabilities Derivative financial
instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(447
|
)
|
|
|
(287
|
)
|
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
|
|
(190
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,902
|
)
|
|
|
(1,681
|
)
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
|
|
(1,050
|
)
|
Financial liabilities Borrowings
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(344
|
)
|
|
|
(559
|
)
|
Financial liabilities Derivative financial
instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Current income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,970
|
)
|
|
|
(1,728
|
)
|
Liabilities directly associated with non-current assets
classified as held for sale
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,872
|
)
|
|
|
(3,418
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,024
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
Share premium
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
2,505
|
|
|
|
2,499
|
|
Treasury shares
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
Other reserves
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
|
(514
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
1,679
|
|
|
|
1,724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,750
|
|
|
|
3,695
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,024
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These financial statements have been approved for issue by the
board of directors on 6 March 2009 and signed on its behalf
by
Robin Freestone Chief financial officer
F-5
Consolidated
Cash Flow Statement
Year ended 31 December 2008
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated from operations
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
|
621
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
(109
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
Tax paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
(395
|
)
|
|
|
(472
|
)
|
|
|
(363
|
)
|
Acquisition of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Purchase of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (PPE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of PPE
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Purchase of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Interest received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(369
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
Proceeds from borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
Liquid resources acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Repayment of borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(275
|
)
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
|
|
(145
|
)
|
Finance lease principal payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Dividends paid to companys shareholders
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(257
|
)
|
|
|
(238
|
)
|
|
|
(220
|
)
|
Dividends paid to minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
(444
|
)
|
|
|
(348
|
)
|
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
|
844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
General
information
Pearson plc (the company) and its subsidiaries (together the
Group) are international media businesses covering education,
business information and consumer publishing.
The company is a limited liability company incorporated and
domiciled in England. The address of its registered office is 80
Strand, London WC2R 0RL.
The company has its primary listing on the London Stock Exchange
but is also listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue
by the board of directors on 6 March 2009.
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of
these consolidated financial statements are set out below.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Interpretations
Committee (IFRIC) interpretations as adopted by the European
Union (EU) and with those parts of the Companies Act 1985
and/or the
Companies Act 2006 (as applicable) applicable to companies
reporting under IFRS. These consolidated financial statements
are also prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). In respect of
the accounting standards applicable to the Group there is no
difference between EU-adopted and IASB-adopted IFRS. The Group
transitioned from UK GAAP to IFRS on 1 January 2003.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under
the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of
financial assets and liabilities (including derivative financial
instruments) at fair value.
(1) Interpretations and amendments to published
standards effective in 2008
The Group adopted IFRIC 14 IAS 19 The Limit on
a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their
Interaction, effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2008, in the prior
accounting period. IFRIC 14 resulted in no change to the full
recognition of the pension asset as disclosed in note 25.
The Group has adopted Reclassification Amendments to IAS 39
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement
and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures,
issued in October 2008 but effective from 1 July 2008. The
amendments allow additional reclassifications of certain
classifications of financial instruments in rare circumstances,
and management determined this was not relevant to the Group.
IFRIC 11 Group and Treasury Share Transactions is
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
1 March 2007. This addresses how to apply IFRS 2
Share-based Payment to arrangements involving an
entitys own equity instruments, or equity instruments of
another entity in the same group, in the stand alone accounts of
the parent and group companies. Management have assessed that
this interpretation has no impact on the Groups financial
statements.
IFRIC 12 Service Concession Arrangements is
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
1 January 2008. This addresses the accounting by private
sector entities that, by contract with a government, participate
in developing, financing, operating and maintaining
infrastructure assets relating to public services traditionally
provided by governments. As none of the Group entities
participate in these activities, IFRIC 12 is not relevant to the
Group.
(2) Standards, interpretations and amendments to
published standards that are not yet
effective The Group has decided to early
adopt IFRS 8 Operating Segments which is effective
for annual reporting periods
F-7
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
beginning on or after 1 January 2009. The new standard
requires a management approach to reporting segmental
information. After changes in the organisational structure
within the Education business, six revised reporting segments
were identified under IFRS 8 as detailed in note 2. The
impact of the standard has been to revise the disclosure for the
reported segments. Comparatives for 2007 have been restated.
The Group has not early adopted the following new pronouncements
that are not yet effective:
Amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment (effective
for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
1 January 2009). The amendment clarifies that only service
and performance conditions are vesting conditions, and that all
cancellations whether Group or counterparty, should be accounted
for the same way.
|
|
|
|
|
IAS 1 (Revised) Presentation of Financial Statements
(effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
1 January 2009). The amendments provide a number of
presentational changes to the financial statements including
prohibiting the presentation of items of income and expense in
the statement of changes in equity and requiring them to be
shown in a performance statement, the option to present the
performance statement as a single statement of comprehensive
income and the requirement to include a balance sheet as at the
beginning of the earliest comparative period when an entity
applies a retrospective change in accounting policy or makes a
retrospective restatement.
|
|
|
|
IFRS 3 (Revised) Business Combinations and
amendments to IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial
Statements, (effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 July 2009). The amendments affect
the accounting for business combinations including the
requirement to remeasure the fair value of previously held
interests in step acquisitions with any gain or loss arising
being recognised in the income statement, the requirement to
expense acquisition costs and to recognise adjustments to
contingent consideration in the income statement.
|
|
|
|
Amendments to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition
and Measurement (effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 July 2009). The amendments clarify
that inflation may only be hedged where changes in inflation are
a specified portion of cash flows of a financial instrument, and
also clarify hedging with options.
|
|
|
|
Improvements to Financial Reporting Standards 2008
(mostly effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or
after 1 January 2009). This is the first standard published
under the IASBs annual improvements process which is
designed to deal with non-urgent minor amendments to standards.
Thirty five amendments were issued, 24 resulting in changes in
presentation, recognition or measurement, and 11 are expected to
have no or minimal effect on accounting.
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 16 Hedges of a Net Investment in Foreign
Operations (effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 October 2008). IFRIC 16 provides
guidance on net investment hedging including which foreign
currency risks within the Group qualify for hedging, and where
the hedging instruments can be held within the Group.
|
Management is currently assessing the impact of these new
standards and interpretations on the Groups financial
statements.
In addition, management has assessed the relevance of the
following amendments and interpretations with respect to the
Groups operations:
|
|
|
|
|
Amendments to IAS 23 Borrowing Costs (effective for
annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January
2009). The amendment requires capitalisation of borrowing costs
that relate to qualifying assets (ones that take a substantial
amount of time to get ready for use or sale, with the exception
of assets measured at fair value or inventories manufactured in
large quantities or on a repetitive basis). Management assessed
the relevance of this amendment with respect to Group operations
and concluded that it is not currently applicable to the Group
as there are no material qualifying assets.
|
F-8
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments:
Presentation and IAS 1 Presentation of Financial
Statements Puttable Financial Instruments and
Obligations arising on liquidation (effective for annual
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009).
The amendment requires puttable financial instruments, or
instruments that impose on the entity an obligation to another
party in respect of a share of net assets only on liquidation,
to be classified as equity. Management assessed the relevance of
this amendment with respect to the Group and concluded it is not
relevant.
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes (effective for
annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 July
2008). IFRIC 13 explains how entities that grant loyalty award
credits to customers should account for their obligations to
provide free or discounted goods or services to customers who
redeem award credits. As no Group entities operate a customer
loyalty programme IFRIC 13 is not relevant to the Group.
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of Real
Estate (effective for annual reporting periods beginning
on or after 1 January 2009). IFRIC 15 addresses the
accounting by entities that undertake the construction of real
estate, with guidance on determining whether an agreement for
the construction of real estate falls within the scope of IAS 11
Construction Contracts or IAS 18
Revenue. As no Group entities undertake the
construction of real estate IFRIC 15 is not relevant to the
Group.
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 17 Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners
(effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
1 July 2009). IFRIC 17 provides guidance on the appropriate
accounting treatment when an entity distributes assets other
than cash as dividends, including recognition upon authorisation
and measurement at fair value of assets distributed, with any
difference between fair value and carrying value of these assets
being recognised in the income statement when an entity settles
the dividend payable. This does not apply to distributions of
non-cash assets under common control. This interpretation will
have no impact on the Group financial statements as the Group
does not currently distribute non-cash assets.
|
(3) Critical accounting assumptions and
judgements The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain
critical accounting assumptions. It also requires management to
exercise its judgement in the process of applying the
Groups accounting policies. The areas requiring a higher
degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions
and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial
statements, are discussed in the relevant accounting policies
under the following headings:
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
Goodwill
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
Pre-publication assets
|
Royalty advances
|
|
|
Taxation
|
|
|
Employee benefits:
|
|
Pension obligations
|
Revenue recognition
|
|
|
b. Consolidation
(1) Business combinations The
purchase method of accounting is used to account for the
acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an
acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given,
equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at
the date of exchange, plus costs directly attributable to the
acquisition.
Where the settlement of consideration payable is deferred, or
contingent on future events, the fair value of the deferred
component is determined by discounting the amount payable or
probable to be paid to its present value using an appropriate
discount rate.
Identifiable assets and contingent assets acquired and
identifiable liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a
business combination are measured initially at their fair values
at the acquisition date. For material acquisitions, the fair
value of the acquired intangible assets is determined by an
external, independent valuer. The excess of the
F-9
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Groups
share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as
goodwill. See note 1e(1) for the accounting policy on
goodwill.
(2) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are
entities over which the Group has the power to govern the
financial and operating policies generally accompanying a
shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights.
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which
control is transferred to the Group and are de-consolidated from
the date that control ceases.
(3) Joint ventures and associates
Joint ventures are entities in which the Group holds an interest
on a long-term basis and which are jointly controlled, with one
or more other venturers, under a contractual arrangement.
Associates are entities over which the Group has significant
influence but not the power to control the financial and
operating policies, generally accompanying a shareholding of
between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in joint
ventures and associates are accounted for by the equity method
and are initially recognised at cost.
The Groups share of its joint ventures and
associates post-acquisition profits or losses is
recognised in the income statement, and its share of
post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognised in
reserves. The Groups share of its joint ventures and
associates results is recognised as a component of
operating profit as these operations form part of the core
publishing business of the Group and an integral part of
existing wholly owned businesses. The cumulative
post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying
amount of the investment. When the Groups share of losses
in a joint venture or associate equals or exceeds its interest
in the joint venture or associate, the Group does not recognise
further losses, unless the Group has incurred obligations or
made payments on behalf of the joint venture or associate.
c. Foreign
currency translation
(1) Functional and presentation
currency Items included in the financial
statements of each of the Groups entities are measured
using the currency of the primary economic environment in which
the entity operates (the functional currency). The
consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling,
which is the companys functional and presentation currency.
(2) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional
currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from
the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at
year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income
statement, except when deferred in equity as qualifying net
investment hedges.
Translation differences on other non-monetary items such as
equities held at fair value are reported as part of the fair
value gain or loss through the income statement. Fair value
adjustments on non-monetary items such as equities classified as
available for sale financial assets, are included in the fair
value reserve in equity.
(3) Group companies The results
and financial position of all Group companies that have a
functional currency different from the presentation currency are
translated into the presentation currency as follows:
i) assets and liabilities are translated at the closing
rate at the date of the balance sheet;
ii) income and expenses are translated at average exchange
rates;
iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a
separate component of equity.
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the
translation of the net investment in foreign entities, and of
borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges
of such investments, are taken to shareholders equity. The
Group treats specific inter-company loan balances, which are not
intended to be repaid in the foreseeable future, as part of its
net investment. When a foreign entity is sold, such exchange
differences are recognised in the income statement as part of
the gain or loss on sale.
F-10
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
At the date of transition to IFRS the cumulative translation
differences in respect of foreign operations have been deemed to
be zero.
Any gains and losses on disposals of foreign operations will
exclude translation differences that arose prior to the
transition date.
The principal overseas currency for the Group is the US dollar.
The average rate for the year against sterling was $1.85 (2007:
$2.00; 2006: $1.84) and the year end rate was $1.44 (2007:
$1.99; 2006: $1.96).
d. Property,
plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less
depreciation. Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other
assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate
their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful
lives as follows:
Buildings (freehold): 20-50 years
Buildings (leasehold): over the period of the lease
Plant and equipment: 3-10 years
The assets residual values and useful lives are reviewed,
and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.
The carrying value of an asset is written down to its
recoverable amount if the carrying value of the asset is greater
than its estimated recoverable amount.
e. Intangible
assets
(1) Goodwill Goodwill represents
the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of
the Groups share of the net identifiable assets of the
acquired subsidiary or associate at the date of acquisition.
Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in
intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and
joint ventures is included in investments in associates and
joint ventures.
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost
less accumulated impairment losses. An impairment loss is
recognised to the extent that the carrying value of goodwill
exceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the
higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. These
calculations require the use of estimates and significant
management judgement. A description of the key assumptions and
sensitivities is included in note 11. Goodwill is allocated
to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.
The allocation is made to those cash-generating units that are
expected to benefit from the business combination in which the
goodwill arose.
Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the
carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
IFRS 3 Business Combinations has not been applied
retrospectively to business combinations before the date of
transition to IFRS. Subject to the transition adjustments to
IFRS required by IFRS 1, the accounting for business
combinations before the date of transition has been
grandfathered.
(2) Acquired software Software
separately acquired for internal use is capitalised at cost.
Software acquired in material business combinations is
capitalised at its fair value as determined by an independent
valuer. Acquired software is amortised on a straight-line basis
over its estimated useful life of between three and eight years.
(3) Internally developed software
Internal and external costs incurred during the preliminary
stage of developing computer software for internal use are
expensed as incurred. Internal and external costs incurred to
develop computer software for internal use during the
application development stage are capitalised if the Group
expects economic benefits from the development. Capitalisation
in the application development stage begins once the Group can
reliably measure the expenditure attributable to the software
development and has demonstrated its
F-11
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
intention to complete and use the software. Internally developed
software is amortised on a straight-line basis over its
estimated useful life of between three and eight years.
(4) Acquired intangible assets
Acquired intangible assets include customer lists and
relationships, trademarks and brands, publishing rights, content
and technology. These assets are capitalised on acquisition at
cost and included in intangible assets. Intangible assets
acquired in material business combinations are capitalised at
their fair value as determined by an independent valuer.
Intangible assets are amortised over their estimated useful
lives of between two and 20 years, using a depreciation
method that reflects the pattern of their consumption.
(5) Pre-publication assets
Pre-publication costs represent direct costs incurred in the
development of educational programmes and titles prior to their
publication. These costs are recognised as current intangible
assets where the title will generate probable future economic
benefits and costs can be measured reliably. Pre-publication
assets are amortised upon publication of the title over
estimated economic lives of five years or less, being an
estimate of the expected operating life cycle of the title, with
a higher proportion of the amortisation taken in the earlier
years. The investment in pre-publication assets has been
disclosed as part of cash generated from operations in the cash
flow statement (see note 33).
The assessment of the recoverability of pre-publication assets
and the determination of the amortisation profile involve a
significant degree of judgement based on historical trends and
management estimation of future potential sales. An incorrect
amortisation profile could result in excess amounts being
carried forward as intangible assets that would otherwise have
been written off to the income statement in an earlier period.
Reviews are performed regularly to estimate recoverability of
pre-publication assets. The carrying amount of pre-publication
assets is set out in note 20.
f. Other
financial assets
Other financial assets, designated as available for sale
investments, are non-derivative financial assets measured at
estimated fair value. Changes in the fair value are recorded in
equity in the fair value reserve. On the subsequent disposal of
the asset, the net fair value gains or losses are taken to the
income statement.
g. Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable
value. Cost is determined using the first in first out (FIFO)
method. The cost of finished goods and work in progress
comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and
related production overheads. Net realisable value is the
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less
estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Provisions are made
for slow moving and obsolete stock.
h. Royalty
advances
Advances of royalties to authors are included within trade and
other receivables when the advance is paid less any provision
required to adjust the advance to its net realisable value. The
realisable value of royalty advances relies on a degree of
management judgement in determining the profitability of
individual author contracts. If the estimated realisable value
of author contracts is overstated then this will have an adverse
effect on operating profits as these excess amounts will be
written off.
The recoverability of royalty advances is based upon an annual
detailed management review of the age of the advance, the future
sales projections for new authors and prior sales history of
repeat authors. The royalty advance is expensed at the
contracted or effective royalty rate as the related revenues are
earned. Royalty advances which will be consumed within one year
are held in current assets. Royalty advances which will be
consumed after one year are held in non-current assets.
i. Newspaper
development costs
Investment in the development of newspaper titles consists of
measures to increase the volume and geographical spread of
circulation. The measures include additional and enhanced
editorial content, extended
F-12
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
distribution and remote printing. These costs are expensed as
incurred as they do not meet the criteria under IAS 38 to be
capitalised as intangible assets.
j. Cash
and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement include
cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are
included in borrowings in current liabilities in the balance
sheet.
Short-term deposits and marketable securities with maturities of
greater than three months do not qualify as cash and cash
equivalents. Movements on these financial instruments are
classified as cash flows from financing activities in the cash
flow statement as these amounts are used to offset the
borrowings of the Group.
k. Share
capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new
shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of
tax, from the proceeds.
Where any Group company purchases the companys equity
share capital (Treasury shares) the consideration paid,
including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of
income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the
companys equity holders until the shares are cancelled,
reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold
or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly
attributable transaction costs and the related income tax
effects, is included in equity attributable to the
companys equity holders.
l. Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, which is
proceeds received net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings
are subsequently stated at amortised cost with any difference
between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the
redemption value being recognised in the income statement over
the period of the borrowings using the effective interest
method. Accrued interest is included as part of borrowings.
Where a debt instrument is in a fair value hedging relationship,
an adjustment is made to its carrying value to reflect the
hedged risk. Interest on borrowings is expensed as incurred.
m. Derivative
financial instruments
Derivatives are recognised at fair value and remeasured at each
balance sheet date. The fair value of derivatives is determined
by using market data and the use of established estimation
techniques such as discounted cash flow and option valuation
models. The Group designates certain of the derivative
instruments within its portfolio to be hedges of the fair value
of its bonds (fair value hedges) or hedges of net investments in
foreign operations (net investment hedges).
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and
qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income
statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the
hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged
risk.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of
derivatives that are designated and qualify as net investment
hedges are recognised in equity. Gains and losses accumulated in
equity are included in the income statement when the
corresponding foreign operation is disposed of. Gains or losses
relating to the ineffective portion are recognised immediately
in finance income or finance costs in the income statement.
Certain derivatives do not qualify or are not designated as
hedging instruments. Such derivatives are classified at fair
value and any movement in their fair value is recognised
immediately in finance income or finance costs in the income
statement.
F-13
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
n. Taxation
Current tax is recognised on the amounts expected to be paid or
recovered under the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method, on
temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets
and liabilities and their carrying amounts. Deferred income tax
is determined using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected
to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the
deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is
probable that future taxable profit will be available against
which the temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred income tax is provided in respect of the undistributed
earnings of subsidiaries other than where it is intended that
those undistributed earnings will not be remitted in the
foreseeable future.
Current and deferred tax are recognised in the income statement,
except when the tax relates to items charged or credited
directly to equity, in which case the tax is also recognised in
equity.
The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions.
Significant judgement is required in determining the estimates
in relation to the worldwide provision for income taxes. There
are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate
tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of
business. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax
audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will
be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is
different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such
differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax
provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities require management judgement
in determining the amounts to be recognised. In particular,
significant judgement is used when assessing the extent to which
deferred tax assets should be recognised with consideration
given to the timing and level of future taxable income together
with any future tax planning strategies.
o. Employee
benefits
(1) Pension obligations The
retirement benefit asset and obligation recognised in the
balance sheet represents the net of the present value of the
defined benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets at
the balance sheet date. The defined benefit obligation is
calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected
unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit
obligation is determined by discounting estimated future cash
flows using yields on high quality corporate bonds which have
terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related
liability.
The determination of the pension cost and defined benefit
obligation of the Groups defined benefit pension schemes
depends on the selection of certain assumptions, which include
the discount rate, inflation rate, salary growth, longevity and
expected return on scheme assets.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from differences between
actual and expected returns on plan assets, experience
adjustments on liabilities and changes in actuarial assumptions
are recognised immediately in the statement of recognised income
and expense.
The service cost, representing benefits accruing over the year,
is included in the income statement as an operating cost. The
unwinding of the discount rate on the scheme liabilities and the
expected return on scheme assets are presented as finance costs
or finance income.
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension
plans are recognised as an operating expense in the income
statement as incurred.
F-14
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(2) Other post-retirement
obligations The expected costs of
post-retirement healthcare and life assurance benefits are
accrued over the period of employment, using a similar
accounting methodology as for defined benefit pension
obligations. The liabilities and costs relating to material
other post-retirement obligations are assessed annually by
independent qualified actuaries.
(3) Share-based payments The fair
value of options or shares granted under the Groups share
and option plans is recognised as an employee expense after
taking into account the Groups best estimate of the number
of awards expected to vest. Fair value is measured at the date
of grant and is spread over the vesting period of the option or
share. The fair value of the options granted is measured using
an option model that is most appropriate to the award. The fair
value of shares awarded is measured using the share price at the
date of grant unless another method is more appropriate. Any
proceeds received are credited to share capital and share
premium when the options are exercised. The Group has applied
IFRS 2 Share-based Payment retrospectively to all
options granted but not fully vested at the date of transition
to IFRS.
p. Provisions
Provisions are recognised if the Group has a present legal or
constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is more
likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to
settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated.
Provisions are discounted to present value where the effect is
material.
The Group recognises a provision for deferred consideration when
the payment of the deferred consideration is probable.
The Group recognises a provision for onerous lease contracts
when the expected benefits to be derived from a contract are
less than the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under
the contract. The provision is based on the present value of
future payments for surplus leased properties under
non-cancellable operating leases, net of estimated
sub-leasing
revenue.
q. Revenue
recognition
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received
or receivable for the sale of goods and services net of
value-added tax and other sales taxes, rebates and discounts,
and after eliminating sales within the Group.
Revenue from the sale of books is recognised when title passes.
A provision for anticipated returns is made based primarily on
historical return rates. If these estimates do not reflect
actual returns in future periods then revenues could be
understated or overstated for a particular period.
Circulation and advertising revenue is recognised when the
newspaper or other publication is published. Subscription
revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the life of
the subscription.
Where a contractual arrangement consists of two or more separate
elements that can be provided to customers either on a
stand-alone basis or as an optional extra, such as the provision
of supplementary materials with textbooks, revenue is recognised
for each element as if it were an individual contractual
arrangement.
Revenue from multi-year contractual arrangements, such as
contracts to process qualifying tests for individual professions
and government departments, is recognised as performance occurs.
The assumptions, risks, and uncertainties inherent in long-term
contract accounting can affect the amounts and timing of revenue
and related expenses reported. Certain of these arrangements,
either as a result of a single service spanning more than one
reporting period or where the contract requires the provision of
a number of services that together constitute a single project,
are treated as long-term contracts with revenue recognised on a
percentage of completion basis. Losses on contracts are
recognised in the period in which the loss first becomes
foreseeable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by
which estimated total costs of the contract exceed the estimated
total revenues that will be generated by the contract.
F-15
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
On certain contracts, where the Group acts as agent, only
commissions and fees receivable for services rendered are
recognised as revenue. Any third-party costs incurred on behalf
of the principal that are rechargeable under the contractual
arrangement are not included in revenue.
Income from recharges of freight and other activities which are
incidental to the normal revenue generating activities is
included in other income.
r. Leases
Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are
classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at
the commencement of the lease at the lower of the fair value of
the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease
payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability
and finance charges to achieve a constant rate on the finance
balance outstanding. The corresponding rental obligations, net
of finance charges, are included in financial
liabilities borrowings. The interest element of the
finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease
period to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the
remaining balance of the liability for each period. The
property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases is
depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or
the lease term.
Leases where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of
ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating
leases by the lessee. Payments made under operating leases (net
of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the
income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the
lease.
s. Dividends
Dividends are recorded in the Groups financial statements
in the period in which they are approved by the companys
shareholders. Interim dividends are recorded in the period in
which they are approved and paid.
t. Non-current
assets and liabilities held for sale
Assets and liabilities are classified as held for sale and
stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs
to sell if it is intended to recover their carrying amount
principally through a sale transaction rather than through
continuing use. No depreciation is charged in respect of
non-current assets classified as held for sale. Amounts relating
to non-current assets and liabilities held for sale are
classified as discontinued operations in the income statement
where appropriate.
u. Trade
receivables
Trade receivables are stated at fair value after provision for
bad and doubtful debts and anticipated future sales returns (see
also note 1q).
2. Segment
information
Following the adoption of IFRS 8 Operating Segments
and changes in the organisational structure of the Education
business, the Group has revised its reporting segments. The
Group is now organised into six segments:
North American Education Educational
publishing and testing for the school and higher education
market within the USA and Canada;
International Education Educational
publishing and testing for the school and higher education
market outside of North America;
Professional Business and technology
publishing and testing and certification for professional bodies;
FT Publishing Publisher of the
Financial Times, business magazines and specialist
information;
F-16
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Interactive Data Provider of financial
and business information to financial institutions and retail
investors;
Penguin Publisher with brand imprints
such as Penguin, Putnam, Berkley, Viking, Dorling Kindersley.
For more detail on the services and products included in each
business segment refer to Item 4 of this
Form 20-F.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales (external)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
Sales (inter-segment)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
Finance income
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,952
|
|
|
|
1,358
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
|
482
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
1,211
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
9,873
|
|
Joint ventures
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,952
|
|
|
|
1,370
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
9,896
|
|
Assets discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,952
|
|
|
|
1,370
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
9,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other segment items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Capital expenditure
|
|
|
10, 11, 20
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
11, 20
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales (external)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
Sales (inter-segment)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
Finance income
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
1,013
|
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
7,155
|
|
Joint ventures
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,537
|
|
|
|
1,021
|
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
7,175
|
|
Assets discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,537
|
|
|
|
1,021
|
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
7,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other segment items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Capital expenditure
|
|
|
10, 11, 20
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
11, 20
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
FT
|
|
|
Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales (external)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,679
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,990
|
|
Sales (inter-segment)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
552
|
|
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
Other net gains and losses of associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Other net finance costs of associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(133
|
)
|
Finance income
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,401
|
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
954
|
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
|
6,899
|
|
Joint ventures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,401
|
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
957
|
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
|
6,919
|
|
Assets discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,401
|
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
957
|
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
|
7,213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other segment items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Capital expenditure
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
319
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2008, sales from the provision of goods were £3,411m
(2007: £3,053m; 2006: £2,996m) and sales from the
provision of services were £1,400m (2007: £1,109m;
2006: £994m). Sales from the Groups educational
publishing, consumer publishing and newspaper business are
classified as being from the provision of goods and sales from
its assessment and testing, market pricing, corporate training
and management service businesses are classified as being from
the provision of services.
Corporate costs are allocated to business segments on an
appropriate basis depending on the nature of the cost and
therefore the segment result is equal to the Group operating
profit. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an
arms-length basis. Segment assets consist of property,
plant and equipment, intangible assets, inventories,
receivables, retirement benefit assets and deferred taxation and
exclude cash and cash equivalents and derivative assets.
Corporate assets comprise cash and cash equivalents, marketable
securities and derivative financial instruments. Capital
expenditure comprises additions to property, plant and equipment
and intangible assets, including pre-publication but excluding
goodwill (see notes 10, 11 and 20).
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets acquired
through business combination were £253m (2007: £226m)
(see note 30). Capital expenditure, depreciation and
amortisation include amounts relating to discontinued
operations. Discontinued operations relate to the Data
Management business in 2008 and to the Data Management business,
Government Solutions, Datamark and Les Echos in 2007 (see
note 3).
F-19
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Group operates in the following main geographic areas:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
|
545
|
|
Other European countries
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
USA
|
|
|
2,861
|
|
|
|
2,448
|
|
|
|
2,443
|
|
|
|
4,624
|
|
|
|
3,146
|
|
|
|
3,115
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total continuing
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
4,162
|
|
|
|
3,990
|
|
|
|
5,951
|
|
|
|
4,318
|
|
|
|
4,073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other European countries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total discontinued
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,819
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
4,423
|
|
|
|
5,951
|
|
|
|
4,435
|
|
|
|
4,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales are allocated based on the country in which the customer
is located. This does not differ materially from the location
where the order is received. Non-current assets are based on the
subsidiaries country of domicile. This is not materially
different to the location of the assets. Non-current assets
comprise property, plant and equipment, intangible assets,
investments in joint ventures and associates, other receivables
and non-current assets classified as held for sale.
|
|
3.
|
Discontinued
operations
|
Discontinued operations relate to the Groups interest in
Government Solutions (sold on 15 February 2007),
Datamark (sold on 31 July 2007), Les Echos (sold on
24 December 2007) and the Data Management business
(sold on 22 February 2008).
The results of the Data Management business (previously included
in the Professional segment) have been included in discontinued
operations for 2006, 2007 and 2008. In anticipation of the loss
on sale, an impairment to held for sale goodwill was charged to
the income statement in 2007. The assets and liabilities of the
Data Management business were reported as held for sale in the
31 December 2007 balance sheet.
The results of Government Solutions (previously included in the
Professional segment) and Les Echos (previously included in the
FT Publishing segment) were included in discontinued operations
for 2006 and 2007 and were consolidated up to the date of sale.
Datamark was sold immediately following its acquisition as part
of the eCollege transaction and consequently none of the results
for this business were consolidated.
F-20
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
An analysis of the results and cash flows of discontinued
operations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
|
All figures
|
|
|
|
in £ millions
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit after tax
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations before tax
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
Attributable tax expense
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
Investing cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
Financing cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
Les Echos
|
|
|
Datamark
|
|
|
Solutions
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss)/profit before tax
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable tax expense
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss)/profit after tax
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
Profit/(loss) on disposal of discontinued operations before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
146
|
|
Attributable tax (expense)/benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss)/profit for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating cash flows
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
Investing cash flows
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Financing cash flows
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Government
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Solutions
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
Les Echos
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable tax expense
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit after tax
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Profit on disposal of discontinued operations before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable tax (expense)/benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating cash flows
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Investing cash flows
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
Financing cash flows
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash flows
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
By function:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
2,174
|
|
|
|
1,910
|
|
|
|
1,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution costs
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
Administrative and other expenses
|
|
|
1,890
|
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
|
|
1,518
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
1,701
|
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,160
|
|
|
|
3,611
|
|
|
|
3,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
By nature:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Utilisation of inventory
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Amortisation of intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
Amortisation of intangible assets Other
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Employee benefit expense
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1,553
|
|
|
|
1,288
|
|
|
|
1,225
|
|
Operating lease rentals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
Other property costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
Royalties expensed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
Advertising, promotion and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
Information technology costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
Other costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
|
474
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,160
|
|
|
|
3,611
|
|
|
|
3,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year the Group obtained the following services from
the Groups auditor:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Fees payable to the companys auditor for the audit of
parent company and consolidated financial statements
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
The audit of the companys subsidiaries pursuant to
legislation
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Tax services
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Other services
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation between audit and non-audit service fees is shown
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Group audit fees including fees for attestation under
section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Non-audit fees
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees for attestation under section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act are allocated between fees payable for the
audits of consolidated and subsidiary accounts.
Tax services include services related to tax planning and
various other tax advisory matters.
Other services include due diligence on acquisitions and
services related to the disposal of the Data Management business.
F-23
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Employee benefit expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wages and salaries (including termination benefits and
restructuring costs)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,317
|
|
|
|
1,087
|
|
|
|
1,035
|
|
Social security costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
Share-based payment costs
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Pension costs defined contribution plans
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Pension costs defined benefit plans
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Other post-retirement benefits
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,553
|
|
|
|
1,288
|
|
|
|
1,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The details of the emoluments of the directors of Pearson plc
are shown in the report on directors remuneration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Average number employed
|
|
|
Employee numbers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North American Education
|
|
|
15,412
|
|
|
|
14,327
|
|
|
|
12,710
|
|
International Education
|
|
|
5,718
|
|
|
|
5,291
|
|
|
|
4,472
|
|
Professional
|
|
|
2,641
|
|
|
|
2,540
|
|
|
|
2,223
|
|
FT Publishing
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
|
|
2,083
|
|
|
|
1,766
|
|
Interactive Data
|
|
|
2,413
|
|
|
|
2,300
|
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
Penguin
|
|
|
4,112
|
|
|
|
4,163
|
|
|
|
3,943
|
|
Other
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
33,584
|
|
|
|
31,622
|
|
|
|
28,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
1,070
|
|
|
|
6,127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,680
|
|
|
|
32,692
|
|
|
|
34,341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Interest payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(114
|
)
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
Net foreign exchange losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Other losses on financial instruments in a hedging relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fair value hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
net investment hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Other losses on financial instruments not in a hedging
relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
(133
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Finance income in respect of employee benefits
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Net foreign exchange gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Other gains on financial instruments in a hedging relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fair value hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
net investment hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other gains on financial instruments not in a hedging
relationship:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
amortisation of transitional adjustment on bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net finance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The £5m (2007: £1m) net loss on fair value hedges
comprises a £156m (2007: £20m) loss on the underlying
bonds offset by a £151m (2007: £19m) gain on the
related derivative financial instruments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Current tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge in respect of current year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
Recognition of previously unrecognised trading losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Other adjustments in respect of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current tax charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In respect of timing differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
Recognition of previously unrecognised capital losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Recognition of previously unrecognised trading losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Other adjustments in respect of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax charge
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The tax on the Groups profit before tax differs from the
theoretical amount that would arise using the UK tax rate as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Profit before tax
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
448
|
|
Tax calculated at UK rate (2008: 28.5%, 2007: 30%)
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
(141
|
)
|
|
|
(135
|
)
|
Effect of overseas tax rates
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Joint venture and associate income reported net of tax
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Net expense not deductible for tax purposes
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
Unutilised tax losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Prior year adjustments
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax charge
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Overseas
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax charge
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tax benefit on items charged to equity is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Pension contributions and actuarial gains and losses
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Net investment hedges and other foreign exchange gains and losses
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit
attributable to equity shareholders of the company by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the
year, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the company and
held as treasury shares.
F-26
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Diluted
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the
weighted average number of ordinary shares to take account of
all dilutive potential ordinary shares and adjusting the profit
attributable, if applicable, to account for any tax consequences
that might arise from conversion of those shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Profit for the year from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss)/profit for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares (millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
797.0
|
|
|
|
796.8
|
|
|
|
798.4
|
|
Effect of dilutive share options (millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
Weighted average number of shares (millions) for diluted earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
797.5
|
|
|
|
798.1
|
|
|
|
799.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
|
|
55.9p
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36.6p
|
|
|
|
35.6p
|
|
|
|
55.8p
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
|
|
52.7p
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47.9p
|
|
|
|
39.0p
|
|
|
|
52.6p
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11.3p
|
)
|
|
|
(3.4p
|
)
|
|
|
3.2p
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Final paid in respect of prior year 20.5p (2007: 18.8p; 2006:
17p)
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
Interim paid in respect of current year 11.8p (2007: 11.1p;
2006: 10.5p)
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the
financial year ended 31 December 2008 of 22p per share
which will absorb an estimated £176m of shareholders
funds. It will be paid on 8 May 2009 to shareholders who
are on the register of members on 14 April 2009. These
financial statements do not reflect this dividend.
F-27
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Property,
plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land and
|
|
|
Plant and
|
|
|
course of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
buildings
|
|
|
equipment
|
|
|
construction
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2007
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
955
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Additions
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Disposal through business disposal
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
Reclassifications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Reclassifications
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
1,201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land and
|
|
|
Plant and
|
|
|
course of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
buildings
|
|
|
equipment
|
|
|
construction
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2007
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
(479
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(607
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
Disposals
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Disposal through business disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
(126
|
)
|
|
|
(455
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(581
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
Disposals
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
(608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(778
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2007
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Depreciation expense of £12m (2007: £13m) has been
included in the income statement in cost of goods sold, £6m
(2007: £5m) in distribution expenses and £61m (2007:
£50m) in administrative and other expenses. There was no
depreciation expense relating to discontinued operations in 2008
(2007: £3m).
The Group leases certain equipment under a number of finance
lease agreements. The net carrying amount of leased plant and
equipment included within property, plant and equipment was
£7m (2007: £6m).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
customer
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lists &
|
|
|
trademarks
|
|
|
publishing
|
|
|
intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
Software
|
|
|
relationships
|
|
|
& brands
|
|
|
rights
|
|
|
acquired
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2007
|
|
|
3,271
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
3,760
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Additions internal development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Additions purchased
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
503
|
|
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
3,343
|
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
4,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
1,082
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
1,347
|
|
Additions internal development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Additions purchased
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
Disposal through business disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Transfer to Pre-publication
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
4,570
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
5,772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
customer
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lists &
|
|
|
trademarks
|
|
|
publishing
|
|
|
intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
Software
|
|
|
relationships
|
|
|
& brands
|
|
|
rights
|
|
|
acquired
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(135
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(179
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
Disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(142
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(230
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(116
|
)
|
Disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Disposal through business disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Transfer to Pre-publication
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(203
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2007
|
|
|
3,271
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
3,581
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
3,343
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
3,814
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
4,570
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
5,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
The goodwill carrying value of £4,570m relates to
acquisitions completed after 1 January 1998. Prior to
1 January 1998 all goodwill was written off to reserves on
the date of acquisition. £3,309m of the carrying value
relates to acquisitions completed between 1 January 1998
and 31 December 2002 and £1,261m relates to
acquisitions completed after 1 January 2003 (the date of
transition to IFRS).
For acquisitions completed between 1 January 1998 and
31 December 2002 no value was ascribed to intangibles other
than goodwill and the goodwill on each acquisition was amortised
over a period of up to 20 years. On adoption of IFRS on
1 January 2003, the Group chose not to restate the goodwill
balance and at that date the balance was frozen (i.e.
amortisation ceased). If goodwill had been restated then a
significant value would have been ascribed to other intangible
assets, which would be subject to amortisation, and the carrying
value of goodwill would be significantly lower.
For acquisitions completed after 1 January 2003 value has
been ascribed to other intangible assets, which are amortised,
with only the remaining difference between the purchase price
and the fair value of net assets acquired being allocated to
goodwill.
F-30
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Other
intangible assets
Other intangibles acquired include content, technology and
software rights. Amortisation of £5m (2007: £3m) is
included in the income statement in cost of goods sold and
£111m (2007: £67m) in administrative and other
expenses.
Impairment tests for cash-generating units containing goodwill
Impairment tests have been carried out where appropriate as
described below. The recoverable amount for each unit tested
exceeds its carrying value.
Goodwill is allocated to 14 cash-generating units (CGUs) within
the business segments as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
US School Curriculum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
677
|
|
US School Assessment and Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
|
414
|
|
US Higher Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
|
|
839
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
International Education Publishing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
270
|
|
International Education Assessment and Testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
Professional Publishing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Professional Assessment and Testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pearson Education total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,821
|
|
|
|
2,740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Times
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Mergermarket
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
Interactive Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
FT Group total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
Penguin US
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
Penguin UK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
Pearson Australia
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Penguin total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
|
318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,570
|
|
|
|
3,343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill held for sale
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,570
|
|
|
|
3,439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2008, after the change in organisational structure the
CGUs were reorganised and goodwill reallocated to the units
affected. The recoverable amount of each CGU is based on value
in use calculations. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually.
Other than goodwill there are no intangible assets with
indefinite lives. The goodwill is generally denominated in the
currency of the relevant cash flows and therefore the impairment
review is not materially sensitive to exchange rate fluctuations.
Key
assumptions
The value in use calculations use cash flow projections based on
financial budgets approved by management covering a five-year
period. The key assumptions used by management in the value in
use calculations were:
Discount rate The discount rate is
based on the risk-free rate for government bonds, adjusted for a
risk premium to reflect the increased risk in investing in
equities. The risk premium adjustment is assessed for each
specific CGU. The average pre-tax discount rates used are in the
range of 10.2% to 11.7% for the Pearson
F-31
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Education businesses (2007: 10.5% to 12.0%), 10.8% to 20.5% for
the FT Group businesses (2007: 10.4% to 17.2%) and 8.8% to 10.4%
for the Penguin businesses (2007: 8.9% to 11.7%).
Perpetuity growth rates The cash flows
subsequent to the approved budget period are based upon the
long-term historic growth rates of the underlying territories in
which the CGU operates and reflect the long-term growth
prospects of the sectors in which the CGU operates. A perpetuity
growth rate of 2.0% was used for all CGUs in 2008 (a range from
2.5% to 3.5% in 2007). The perpetuity growth rates are
consistent with appropriate external sources for the relevant
markets.
Cash flow growth rates The cash flow
growth rates are derived from managements latest estimates
of forecast sales taking into consideration past experience of
operating margins achieved in the CGU. Historically, such
forecasts have been reasonably accurate.
Sensitivities
The Groups impairment review is sensitive to a change in
the key assumptions used, most notably the discount rates, the
perpetuity growth rates and expected future cash flows. Based on
the Groups sensitivity analysis, a reasonably possible
change in the discount rate or perpetuity growth rate could
cause an impairment in either the US School Curriculum or
Penguin UK CGUs.
The fair value of US School Curriculum is 8% or approximately
£77m above its carrying value, but an increase of
0.5 percentage points in the discount rate or a reduction
of 0.6 percentage points in the perpetuity growth rate
would cause the value in use to fall below the carrying value.
The fair value of Penguin UK is 24% or approximately £44m
above its carrying value, but an increase of 1.4 percentage
points in the discount rate or a reduction of
1.7 percentage points in the perpetuity growth rate would
cause the value in use to fall below the carrying value.
|
|
12.
|
Investments
in joint ventures and associates
|
Joint
ventures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Share of profit after tax
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Additions and further investment
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity
method of accounting and are initially recognised at cost.
F-32
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The aggregate of the Groups share in its joint ventures,
none of which are individually significant, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit after income tax
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Share of profit after tax
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Distribution from associate in excess of carrying value
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Actuarial losses on retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity
method of accounting. There is no acquisition goodwill relating
to the Groups investments in associates.
The Groups interests in its principal associates, all of
which are unlisted, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Country of incorporation
|
|
|
Interest held
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
Profit
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
The Economist Newspaper Ltd
|
|
|
England
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Country of incorporation
|
|
|
Interest held
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
Profit
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
The Economist Newspaper Ltd
|
|
|
England
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The interest held in associates is equivalent to voting rights.
F-33
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets to be recovered after more than
12 months
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
Deferred income tax assets to be recovered within 12 months
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities to be settled after more than
12 months
|
|
|
(447
|
)
|
|
|
(287
|
)
|
Deferred income tax liabilities to be settled within
12 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(447
|
)
|
|
|
(287
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets to be recovered within 12 months
relate to the utilisation of losses in the US.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities may be offset when
there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax
assets against current income tax liabilities and when the
deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The
Group has unrecognised deferred income tax assets at
31 December 2008 in respect of UK losses of £28m
(2007: £34m). None of these unrecognised deferred income
tax assets have expiry dates associated with them.
The recognition of the deferred income tax assets is supported
by managements forecasts of the future profitability of
the relevant business units.
The movement on the net deferred income tax account is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Income statement charge
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
Disposal through business disposal
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Tax (charge)/benefit to equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-34
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities
during the year is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Trading
|
|
|
Goodwill and
|
|
|
Returns
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
losses
|
|
|
losses
|
|
|
intangibles
|
|
|
provisions
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2007
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Income statement (charge)/benefit
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
Tax benefit to equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Income statement charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
Tax charge to equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other deferred income tax assets include temporary differences
on share-based payments, inventory, retirement benefit
obligations and other provisions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
intangibles
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2007
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(245
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Disposal through business disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Income statement (charge)/benefit
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Tax benefit to equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
|
(287
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Income statement charge
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
Tax charge to equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
(318
|
)
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(447
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other deferred income tax liabilities include temporary
differences in respect of depreciation and royalty advances.
F-35
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
14.
|
Classification
of financial instruments
|
The accounting classification of each class of the Groups
financial assets and financial liabilities, together with their
fair values, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
Amortised cost
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
|
|
|
deemed held
|
|
|
in hedging
|
|
|
Loans and
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
carrying
|
|
|
market
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
for sale
|
|
|
for trading
|
|
|
relationships
|
|
|
receivables
|
|
|
liabilities
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Investments in unlisted securities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
Trade receivables
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
1,715
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Trade payables
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
Bank loans and overdrafts
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
Borrowings due within one year
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
Borrowings due after more than one year
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,887
|
)
|
|
|
(1,887
|
)
|
|
|
(1,620
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,813
|
)
|
|
|
(2,833
|
)
|
|
|
(2,565
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-36
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
Amortised cost
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
|
|
|
deemed held
|
|
|
in hedging
|
|
|
Loans and
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
carrying
|
|
|
market
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
for sale
|
|
|
for trading
|
|
|
relationships
|
|
|
receivables
|
|
|
liabilities
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Investments in unlisted securities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Trade receivables
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
1,310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,453
|
|
|
|
1,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Trade payables
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
Bank loans and overdrafts
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(444
|
)
|
|
|
(444
|
)
|
|
|
(444
|
)
|
Borrowings due within one year
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(115
|
)
|
|
|
(115
|
)
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
Borrowings due after more than one year
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,049
|
)
|
|
|
(1,049
|
)
|
|
|
(1,046
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,950
|
)
|
|
|
(1,966
|
)
|
|
|
(1,960
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain of the Groups derivative financial instruments are
deemed to be held for trading either as they do not meet the
hedge accounting criteria specified in IAS 39 or the Group has
chosen not to seek hedge accounting for these instruments. None
of these derivatives are held for speculative trading purposes.
Transactions in derivative financial instruments are only
undertaken to manage risks arising from underlying business
activity, in accordance with the Groups treasury policy as
described in note 19.
The Group designates certain qualifying derivative financial
instruments as hedges of the fair value of its bonds (fair value
hedges). Changes in the fair value of these derivative financial
instruments are recorded in the income statement, together with
any change in the fair value of the hedged liability
attributable to the hedged risk.
The Group also designates certain of its borrowings and
derivative financial instruments as hedges of its investments in
foreign operations (net investment hedges). Movements in the
fair value of these financial instruments (to the extent they
are effective) are recognised in equity.
None of the Groups financial assets or liabilities are
designated at fair value through the income statement upon
initial recognition.
More detail on the Groups accounting for financial
instruments is included in the Groups accounting policies.
The Groups approach to managing risks in relation to
financial instruments is included in note 19: Financial
instruments and risk management.
F-37
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
15.
|
Other
financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of investments
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposal of investments
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Equity interest received on sale of Government Solutions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other financial assets comprise non-current unlisted securities.
|
|
16.
|
Derivative
financial instruments
|
The Groups approach to the management of financial risks
is set out in note 19. The Groups outstanding
derivative financial instruments are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Gross notional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross notional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
amounts
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
amounts
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Interest rate derivatives in a fair value hedge
relationship
|
|
|
1,232
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Interest rate derivatives not in a hedge relationship
|
|
|
1,033
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Cross currency rate derivatives in a net investment
hedge relationship
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cross currency rate derivatives not in a hedge
relationship
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,265
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
1,468
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysed as expiring:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In less than one year
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,265
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
1,468
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying value of the above derivative financial instruments
equals their fair value. Fair values are determined by using
market data and the use of established estimation techniques
such as discounted cash flow and option valuation models.
At the end of 2008, the currency split of the
mark-to-market
values of rate derivatives, including the exchange of principal
on cross currency rate derivatives, was US dollar £161m and
sterling £3m (2007: US dollar £(119)m and sterling
£154m).
The fixed interest rates on outstanding rate derivative
contracts at the end of 2008 range from 4.45% to 7.0% (2007:
4.45% to 7.00%) and the floating rates are based on LIBOR in US
dollar and sterling.
F-38
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Groups portfolio of rate derivatives is diversified by
maturity, counterparty and type. Natural offsets between
transactions within the portfolio and the designation of certain
derivatives as hedges significantly reduce the risk of income
statement volatility. The sensitivity of the portfolio to
changes in market rates is set out in note 19.
Counterparty exposure from all derivatives is managed, together
with that from deposits and bank account balances, within credit
limits that reflect published credit ratings and by reference to
other market measures (e.g. market prices for credit default
swaps) to ensure that there is no significant risk to any one
counterparty. No single derivative transaction had a market
value (positive or negative) at the balance sheet date that
exceeded 3% of the Groups consolidated total equity.
In accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments:
Recognition and Measurement, the Group has reviewed all of
its material contracts for embedded derivatives that are
required to be separately accounted for if they do not meet
certain requirements, and has concluded that there are no
material embedded derivatives.
|
|
17.
|
Cash and
cash equivalents (excluding overdrafts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Cash at bank and in hand
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
Short-term bank deposits
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term bank deposits are invested with banks and earn
interest at the prevailing short-term deposit rates.
At the end of 2008 the currency split of cash and cash
equivalents was US dollars 36% (2007: 37%), sterling 22% (2007:
29%), euros 20% (2007: 16%) and other 22% (2007: 18%).
Cash and cash equivalents have fair values that approximate to
their carrying amounts due to their short-term nature.
Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purpose
of the cash flow statement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
Bank overdrafts
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
18.
|
Financial
liabilities Borrowings
|
The Groups current and non-current borrowings are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Non-current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans and overdrafts
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.7% US Dollar Bonds 2009 (nominal amount $350m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
7% Global Dollar Bonds 2011 (nominal amount $500m)
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
5.5% Global Dollar Bonds 2013 (nominal amount $350m)
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.7% US Dollar Bonds 2014 (nominal amount $400m)
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
7% Sterling Bonds 2014 (nominal amount £250m)
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
6.25% Global Dollar Bonds 2018 (nominal amount $550m)
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.625% US Dollar notes 2018 (nominal amount $300m)
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,019
|
|
|
|
1,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due within one year or on demand:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans and overdrafts
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
10.5% Sterling Bonds 2008 (nominal amount £100m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
4.7% US Dollar Bonds 2009 (nominal amount $350m)
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total borrowings
|
|
|
2,363
|
|
|
|
1,608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the non-current borrowings above is £12m of
accrued interest (2007: £6m). Included in the current
borrowings above is £1m of accrued interest (2007:
£7m).
The maturity of the Groups non-current borrowing is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Between one and two years
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
Between two and five years
|
|
|
759
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
Over five years
|
|
|
1,258
|
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,019
|
|
|
|
1,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-40
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The carrying amounts and market values of borrowings are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Effective
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interest rate
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
Market value
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
Market value
|
|
|
Bank loans and overdrafts
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
Loan notes
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
10.5% Sterling Bonds 2008
|
|
|
10.53
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
4.7% US Dollar Bonds 2009
|
|
|
4.86
|
%
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
7% Global Dollar Bonds 2011
|
|
|
7.16
|
%
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
267
|
|
5.5% Global Dollar Bonds 2013
|
|
|
5.76
|
%
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.7% US Dollar Bonds 2014
|
|
|
5.88
|
%
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
7% Sterling Bonds 2014
|
|
|
7.20
|
%
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
261
|
|
6.25% Global Dollar Bonds 2018
|
|
|
6.46
|
%
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.625% US Dollar notes 2018
|
|
|
4.69
|
%
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
Finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,363
|
|
|
|
2,095
|
|
|
|
1,608
|
|
|
|
1,602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The market values are based on clean market prices at the year
end or, where these are not available, on the quoted market
prices of comparable debt issued by other companies. The
effective interest rates above relate to the underlying debt
instruments.
The carrying amounts of the Groups borrowings are
denominated in the following currencies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
US dollar
|
|
|
2,081
|
|
|
|
1,251
|
|
Sterling
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
357
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,363
|
|
|
|
1,608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group has the following undrawn capacity on its committed
borrowing facilities as at 31 December:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Floating rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expiring within one year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expiring beyond one year
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to the above facilities, there are a number of
short-term facilities that are utilised in the normal course of
business.
All of the Groups borrowings are unsecured. In respect of
finance lease obligations, the rights to the leased asset revert
to the lessor in the event of default.
F-41
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
18.
|
Financial
liabilities Borrowings continued
|
The maturity of the Groups finance lease obligations is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Finance lease liabilities minimum lease
payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not later than one year
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Later than one year and not later than two years
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Later than two years and not later than three years
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Later than three years and not later than four years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Later than four years and not later than five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future finance charges on finance leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The present value of finance lease liabilities is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Not later than one year
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amounts of the Groups lease obligations
approximate their fair value.
|
|
19.
|
Financial
risk management
|
The Groups approach to the management of financial risks
together with sensitivity analyses is set out below.
Treasury
policy
The Group holds financial instruments for two principal
purposes: to finance its operations and to manage the interest
rate and currency risks arising from its operations and its
sources of finance. The Group finances its operations by a
mixture of cash flows from operations, short-term borrowings
from banks and commercial paper markets, and longer term loans
from banks and capital markets. The Group borrows principally in
US dollars and sterling, at both floating and fixed rates of
interest, using derivative financial instruments
(derivatives), where appropriate, to generate the
desired effective currency profile and interest rate basis. The
derivatives used for this purpose are principally rate swaps,
rate caps and collars, currency rate swaps and forward foreign
exchange contracts. The main risks arising from the Groups
financial instruments are interest rate risk, liquidity and
refinancing risk, counterparty risk and foreign currency risk.
These risks are managed by the chief financial officer under
policies approved by the board, which are summarised below. All
the treasury policies remained unchanged throughout 2008, with
the exception of a change to the foreign exchange hedging policy
made with effect from October 2008, which is explained later in
this note. Some minor updates will also be made to treasury
policies for 2009, largely to reflect current financial market
conditions.
The audit committee and a group of external treasury advisers
receives reports on the Groups treasury activities,
policies and procedures. The treasury department is not a profit
centre and its activities are subject to regular internal audit.
F-42
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Interest
rate risk management
The Groups exposure to interest rate fluctuations on its
borrowings is managed by borrowing on a fixed rate basis and by
entering into rate swaps, rate caps and forward rate agreements.
The Groups policy objective has continued to be to set a
target proportion of its forecast borrowings (taken at the year
end, with cash netted against floating rate debt and before
certain adjustments for IAS 39) to be hedged (i.e. fixed or
capped at the year end) over the next four years, subject to a
maximum of 65% and a minimum that starts at 40% and falls by 10%
at each year end. At the end of 2008 the hedging ratio, on the
above basis, was approximately 49%. A simultaneous 1% change on
1 January in the Groups variable interest rates in US
dollar and sterling, taking into account forecast seasonal debt,
would have a £10m effect on profit before tax.
Use of
interest rate derivatives
The policy described in the section above creates a group of
derivatives, under which the Group is a payer of fixed rates and
a receiver of floating rates. The Group also aims to avoid undue
exposure to a single interest rate setting. Reflecting this
objective, the Group has swapped its fixed rate bond issues to
floating rate at their launch. This creates a second group of
derivatives, under which the Group is a receiver of fixed rates
and a payer of floating rates. The Groups accounting
objective in its use of interest rate derivatives is to minimise
the impact on the income statement of changes in the
mark-to-market
value of its derivative portfolio as a whole. It uses duration
calculations to estimate the sensitivity of the derivatives to
movements in market rates. The Group also identifies which
derivatives are eligible for fair value hedge accounting (which
reduces sharply the income statement impact of changes in the
market value of a derivative). The Group then balances the total
portfolio between hedge-accounted and pooled segments, so that
the expected movement on the pooled segment is minimal.
Liquidity
and refinancing risk management
The Groups objective is to secure continuity of funding at
a reasonable cost. To do this it seeks to arrange committed
funding for a variety of maturities from a diversity of sources.
The Groups policy objective has been that the weighted
average maturity of its core gross borrowings (treating
short-term advances as having the final maturity of the
facilities available to refinance them) should be between three
and ten years. At the end of 2008 the average maturity of gross
borrowings was 5.0 years of which bonds represented 90% of
these borrowings (up from 4.6 years and up from 72%
respectively at the beginning of the year).
The Group believes that ready access to different funding
markets also helps to reduce its liquidity risk, and that
published credit ratings and published financial policies
improve such access. All of the Groups credit ratings
remained unchanged during the year. The long-term ratings are
Baa1 from Moodys and BBB+ from Standard &
Poors, and the short-term ratings are P2 and A2
respectively. The Groups policy is to strive to maintain a
rating of Baa1/BBB+ over the long term. The Group will also
continue to use internally a range of ratios to monitor and
manage its finances. These include interest cover, net debt to
operating profit and cash flow to debt measures. The Group also
maintains undrawn committed borrowing facilities. At the end of
2008 the committed facilities amounted to £1,217m and their
weighted average maturity was 3.4 years.
F-43
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Analysis
of Group debt, including the impact of derivatives
The following tables analyse the Groups sources of funding
and the impact of derivatives on the Groups debt
instruments.
The Groups net debt position is set out below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Bank loans, overdrafts and loan notes
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
(452
|
)
|
Bonds
|
|
|
(2,128
|
)
|
|
|
(1,150
|
)
|
Finance lease liabilities
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net debt
|
|
|
(1,460
|
)
|
|
|
(973
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The split of net debt between fixed and floating rate, stated
after the impact of rate derivatives, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Fixed rate
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
|
567
|
|
Floating rate
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,460
|
|
|
|
973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross borrowings, after the impact of cross-currency rate
derivatives, analysed by currency are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
US dollar
|
|
|
2,081
|
|
|
|
1,401
|
|
Sterling
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,363
|
|
|
|
1,608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at 31 December 2008 there were no outstanding
cross-currency rate derivatives.
As at 31 December 2008 the exposure of the borrowings of
the Group to interest rate changes when the borrowings re-price
is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
One to
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
one year
|
|
|
five years
|
|
|
five years
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Re-pricing profile of borrowings
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
|
1,258
|
|
|
|
2,363
|
|
Effect of rate derivatives
|
|
|
1,173
|
|
|
|
(254
|
)
|
|
|
(919
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
2,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-44
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The maturity of contracted cash flows on the Groups
borrowings and all of its derivative financial instruments are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
USD
|
|
|
GBP
|
|
|
EUR
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Not later than one year
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
328
|
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
949
|
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
954
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,149
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysed as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving credit facilities and commercial paper
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
Bonds
|
|
|
2,237
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,592
|
|
Rate derivatives inflows
|
|
|
(392
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(413
|
)
|
Rate derivatives outflows
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,149
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
USD
|
|
|
GBP
|
|
|
EUR
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Not later than one year
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
Later than one year and not later than five years
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,539
|
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,864
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysed as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving credit facilities and commercial paper
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
429
|
|
Bonds
|
|
|
1,017
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
Rate derivatives inflows
|
|
|
(268
|
)
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(428
|
)
|
Rate derivatives outflows
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,539
|
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,864
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All cash flow projections shown above are on an undiscounted
basis. Any cash flows based on a floating rate are calculated
using interest rates as set at the date of the last rate reset.
Where this is not possible, floating rates are based on interest
rates prevailing at 31 December in the relevant year. All
derivative amounts are shown gross, although the company net
settles these amounts wherever possible.
Amounts drawn under revolving credit facilities and commercial
paper are assumed to mature at the maturity date of the relevant
facility, with interest calculated as payable in each calendar
year up to and including the date of maturity of the facility.
Financial
counterparty risk management
Counterparty credit limits, which take published credit rating
and other factors into account, are set to cover our total
aggregate exposure to a single financial institution. The limits
applicable to published credit ratings bands are approved by the
chief financial officer within guidelines approved by the board.
Exposures and limits applicable to each financial institution
are reviewed on a regular basis.
F-45
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Foreign
currency risk management
Although the Group is based in the UK, it has its most
significant investment in overseas operations. The most
significant currency for the Group is the US dollar. The
Groups policy on routine transactional conversions between
currencies (for example, the collection of receivables, and the
settlement of payables or interest) remains that these should be
transacted at the relevant spot exchange rate. The majority of
the Groups operations are domestic within their country of
operation. No unremitted profits are hedged with foreign
exchange contracts, as the company judges it inappropriate to
hedge non-cash flow translational exposure with cash flow
instruments. However, the Group does seek to create a natural
hedge of this exposure through its policy of aligning
approximately the currency composition of its core net
borrowings with its forecast operating profit before
depreciation and amortisation. This policy aims to dampen the
impact of changes in foreign exchange rates on consolidated
interest cover and earnings. The policy above applies only to
currencies that account for more than 15% of Group operating
profit before depreciation and amortisation, which currently are
only the US dollar and sterling. However, the Group still
borrows small amounts in other currencies, typically for
seasonal working capital needs. In addition, our policy does not
require existing currency debt to be terminated to match
declines in that currencys share of Group operating profit
before depreciation and amortisation. Following the boards
approval of a policy change in October 2008, currencies that
account for less than 15% of Group operating profit before
depreciation and amortisation may now be included in the above
hedging process at the request of the chief financial officer.
At the balance sheet date, no hedging transactions had been
undertaken under that authority.
Included within year end net debt, the net borrowings/(cash) in
the two principal currencies above (taking into account the
effect of cross currency swaps) were: US dollar £1,777m and
sterling £127m.
Use of
currency debt and currency derivatives
The Group uses both currency denominated debt and derivative
instruments to implement the above policy. Its intention is that
gains/losses on the derivatives and debt offset the losses/gains
on the foreign currency assets and income. Each quarter the
value of hedging instruments is monitored against the assets in
the relevant currency and, where practical, a decision is made
whether to treat the debt or derivative as a net investment
hedge (permitting foreign exchange movements on it to be taken
to reserves) for the purposes of IAS 39.
Financial
instruments sensitivity analysis
As at 31 December 2008 the sensitivity of the Groups
financial instruments to fluctuations in interest rates and
exchange rates is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of 1%
|
|
|
Impact of 1%
|
|
|
Impact of 10%
|
|
|
Impact of 10%
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
increase in
|
|
|
decrease in
|
|
|
strengthening in
|
|
|
weakening in
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
interest rates
|
|
|
interest rates
|
|
|
sterling
|
|
|
sterling
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Investments in unlisted securities
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
50
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
18
|
|
Bonds
|
|
|
(2,128
|
)
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
(189
|
)
|
Other borrowings
|
|
|
(235
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Other net financial assets
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial instruments
|
|
|
(817
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table shows the sensitivities of the fair values of each
class of financial instruments to an isolated change in either
interest rates or foreign exchange rates. The class Other
net financial assets comprises trade assets less trade
liabilities.
F-46
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The sensitivities of derivative instruments are calculated using
established estimation techniques such as discounted cash flow
and option valuation models. Where modelling an interest rate
decrease of 1% led to negative interest rates, these points on
the yield curve were adjusted to 0%. A large proportion of the
movements shown above would impact equity rather than the income
statement, depending on the location and functional currency of
the entity in which they arise and the availability of net
investment hedge treatment. The changes in valuations are
estimates of the impact of changes in market variables and are
not a prediction of future events or anticipated gains or losses.
|
|
20.
|
Intangible
assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
|
|
1,152
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Additions
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(345
|
)
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Transfer from software
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
(814
|
)
|
|
|
(750
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(337
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
(244
|
)
|
|
|
(192
|
)
|
Disposals
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Transfer from software
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
(1,105
|
)
|
|
|
(814
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the above are pre-publication assets amounting to
£462m (2007: £292m) which will be realised in more
than 12 months.
Amortisation is included in the income statement in cost of
goods sold. There was no amortisation relating to discontinued
operations in 2008 and 2007.
F-47
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Work in progress
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The cost of inventories relating to continuing operations
recognised as an expense and included in the income statement in
cost of goods sold amounted to £832m (2007: £732m). In
2008 £56m (2007: £47m) of inventory provisions was
charged in the income statement. None of the inventory is
pledged as security.
|
|
22.
|
Trade and
other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
Royalty advances
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
Prepayments and accrued income
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
Receivables from related parties
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,342
|
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Royalty advances
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Prepayments and accrued income
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables are stated at fair value, net of provisions
for bad and doubtful debts and anticipated future sales returns.
The movements on the provision for bad and doubtful debts are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At beginning of year
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Income statement movements
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Utilised
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Acquisition through business combination
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Disposal through business disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At end of year
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables
are limited due to the Groups large number of customers,
who are internationally dispersed.
F-48
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The ageing of the Groups trade receivables is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Within due date
|
|
|
1,110
|
|
|
|
819
|
|
Up to three months past due date
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
Three to six months past due date
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Six to nine months past due date
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Nine to 12 months past due date
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
More than 12 months past due date
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total trade receivables
|
|
|
1,474
|
|
|
|
1,091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: provision for bad and doubtful debts
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
Less: provision for sales returns
|
|
|
(372
|
)
|
|
|
(281
|
)
|
Transfer to non-current assets held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net trade receivables
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group reviews its bad debt provision at least twice a year
following a detailed review of receivable balances and historic
payment profiles. Management believe all the remaining
receivable balances are fully recoverable.
|
|
23.
|
Provisions
for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
consideration
|
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 1 January 2008
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Charged to income statement
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Released to income statement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Acquisition through business combination current year
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Acquisition through business combination prior year
adjustments
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Utilised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Analysis of provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Current
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred consideration primarily relates to the acquisition of
Mergermarket in 2006. These amounts are payable in 2009.
Lease commitments relate primarily to onerous lease contracts,
acquired through business combinations, which have various
expiry dates up to 2017. The provision is based on current
occupancy estimates.
F-49
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
24.
|
Trade and
other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Trade payables
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
342
|
|
Social security and other taxes
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Accruals
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
402
|
|
Deferred income
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
Interest payable
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends payable to minority interest
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,650
|
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: non-current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Deferred income
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Interest payable
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion
|
|
|
1,429
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying value of the Groups payables approximates its
fair value.
The deferred income balances comprise:
|
|
|
|
|
multi-year obligations to deliver workbooks to adoption
customers in school businesses;
|
|
|
|
advance payments in assessment and testing businesses;
|
|
|
|
subscription income in school, newspaper and market pricing
businesses;
|
|
|
|
advertising income relating to future publishing days in
newspaper businesses; and
|
|
|
|
obligations to deliver digital content in future periods.
|
|
|
25.
|
Retirement
benefit and other post-retirement obligations
|
Background
The Group operates a number of defined benefit and defined
contribution retirement plans throughout the world. For the
defined benefit plans, benefits are based on employees
length of service and final pensionable pay. Defined
contribution benefits are based on the amount of contributions
paid in respect of an individual member, the investment returns
earned and the amount of pension this money will buy when a
member retires.
The largest plan is the Pearson Group Pension Plan (UK
Group plan) with both defined benefit and defined
contribution sections. From 1 November 2006, all sections
of the UK Group plan were closed to new members with the
exception of a defined contribution section that was opened in
2003. This section is available to all new employees of
participating companies. The other major defined benefit plans
are based in the US.
Other defined contribution plans are operated principally
overseas with the largest plan being in the US. The specific
features of these plans vary in accordance with the regulations
of the country in which employees are located.
F-50
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Pearson also has several post-retirement medical benefit plans
(PRMBs), principally in the US. PRMBs are unfunded but are
accounted for and valued similarly to defined benefit pension
plans.
Assumptions
The principal assumptions used for the UK Group plan and the US
PRMB are shown below. Weighted average assumptions have been
shown for the other plans, which primarily relate to US pension
plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inflation
|
|
|
2.80
|
|
|
|
2.80
|
|
|
|
2.80
|
|
|
|
3.30
|
|
|
|
2.93
|
|
|
|
3.00
|
|
|
|
3.00
|
|
|
|
2.91
|
|
|
|
3.00
|
|
Rate used to discount plan liabilities
|
|
|
6.40
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
|
|
5.80
|
|
|
|
6.01
|
|
|
|
6.05
|
|
|
|
5.20
|
|
|
|
5.70
|
|
|
|
5.85
|
|
Expected return on assets
|
|
|
6.33
|
|
|
|
7.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.50
|
|
|
|
7.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.40
|
|
|
|
7.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected rate of increase in salaries
|
|
|
4.30
|
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.70
|
|
|
|
4.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred
pensions
|
|
|
2.30 to 4.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 to 4.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.10 to 4.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial rate of increase in healthcare rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
Ultimate rate of increase in healthcare rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The UK discount rate is based on the annualised yield on the
iBoxx over
15-year
AA-rated corporate bond index, adjusted to reflect the duration
of our liabilities. The US discount rate is set by reference to
a US bond portfolio matching model. The expected return on
assets is based on market expectations of long-term asset
returns for the defined portfolio at the end of the year.
The expected rates of return on categories of plan assets are
determined by reference to relevant indices. The overall
expected rate of return is calculated by weighting the
individual rates in accordance with the anticipated balance in
the plans investment portfolio.
The UK mortality assumptions have been derived by adjusting
standard mortality tables (PMFA 92 tables projected forward with
medium cohort improvement factors). The Group changed its
mortality assumptions in the UK in 2007 to reflect an assumed
increased life expectancy of pensioners by adding a 1% floor to
the medium cohort projections.
For the US plans, the assumptions used were based on standard US
mortality tables. In 2007 GAM94 was used, and in 2008 this was
updated to RP2000 to reflect the mortality assumption now more
prevalent in the US.
Using the above tables, the remaining average life expectancy in
years of a pensioner retiring at age 65 on the balance
sheet date for the UK and US Group plans is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
US
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Male
|
|
|
21.5
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
17.9
|
|
Female
|
|
|
21.8
|
|
|
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
|
The remaining average life expectancy in years of a pensioner
retiring at age 65, 20 years after the balance sheet
date, for the UK and US Group plans is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK
|
|
|
US
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Male
|
|
|
23.3
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
17.9
|
|
Female
|
|
|
23.8
|
|
|
|
23.6
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
|
F-51
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Financial
statement information
The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
Sub-total
|
|
|
contribution
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Current service cost
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Past service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expense
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
Interest on plan liabilities
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
Net finance (income)/expense
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income statement charge
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual (loss)/return on plan assets
|
|
|
(130
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(157
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(157
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
Sub-total
|
|
|
contribution
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Current service cost
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expense
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
Interest on plan liabilities
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Net finance (income)/expense
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income statement charge
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual (loss)/return on plan assets
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
Sub-total
|
|
|
contribution
|
|
|
PRMB
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Current service cost
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Past service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expense
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
Interest on plan liabilities
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
Net finance (income)/expense
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income statement charge
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual (loss)/return on plan assets
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total operating charge is included in administrative and
other expenses. The UK Group plan current service cost includes
£14m (2007: £10m) relating to defined contribution
sections.
F-52
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
funded
|
|
|
unfunded
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
funded
|
|
|
unfunded
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,478
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
|
|
1,744
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,853
|
|
Present value of defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(1,594
|
)
|
|
|
(1,682
|
)
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(1,811
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net pension (liability)/asset
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other post-retirement medical benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
Other pension accruals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
Net retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysed as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement benefit assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following (losses)/gains have been recognised in the
statement of recognised income and expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Amounts recognised for defined benefit plans
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
Amounts recognised for post-retirement medical benefit plans
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognised in year
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative amounts recognised
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of plan assets comprises the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
funded
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
funded
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
28.0
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
|
|
34.3
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
37.7
|
|
Bonds
|
|
|
40.8
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
43.0
|
|
|
|
34.9
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
36.9
|
|
Properties
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
Other
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
18.4
|
|
|
|
17.2
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
17.7
|
|
The plan assets do not include any of the Groups own
financial instruments, or any property occupied by the Group.
F-53
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Changes in the values of plan assets and liabilities of the
retirement benefit plans are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK Group
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opening fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,744
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
1,853
|
|
|
|
1,528
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
1,633
|
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
Actuarial gains and (losses)
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(268
|
)
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
29
|
|
Contributions by employer
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
Contributions by employee
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
Other movements
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,478
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
|
|
1,744
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
1,853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opening defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,682
|
)
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(1,811
|
)
|
|
|
(1,683
|
)
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
|
(1,810
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Current service cost
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Past service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(100
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
Actuarial gains and (losses)
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Contributions by employee
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Other movements
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(1,594
|
)
|
|
|
(1,682
|
)
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(1,811
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2008 changes made to the administration of the plan
assets has enabled assets relating to the defined contribution
sections of the UK Group plan to be identified separately from
those of the defined benefit section, for accounting purposes.
Defined contribution assets will no longer be disclosed as part
of the UK Group plan assets. The other movements in both the
change in value of plan assets and liabilities over the year
represent the separation out of these defined contribution
assets.
Changes in the value of the US PRMB are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Opening defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
Exchange differences
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Current service cost
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Past service cost
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Actuarial gains and (losses)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-54
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The history of the defined benefit plans is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
|
|
1,853
|
|
|
|
1,633
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
Present value of defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
(1,594
|
)
|
|
|
(1,811
|
)
|
|
|
(1,810
|
)
|
|
|
(1,803
|
)
|
|
|
(1,615
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net pension asset/(liability)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
(177
|
)
|
|
|
(303
|
)
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Experience adjustments on plan assets
|
|
|
(268
|
)
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Experience adjustments on plan liabilities
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
Funding
The UK Group plan is self-administered with the plans
assets being held independently of the Group. The trustees of
the plan are required to act in the best interest of the
plans beneficiaries. The most recently completed triennial
actuarial valuation for funding purposes was completed as at
1 January 2006 and revealed a funding shortfall. The Group
has agreed that the funding shortfall will be eliminated by
31 December 2014. In 2008 the Group contributed £21m
(2007: £121m including a special contribution of
£100m) and has agreed to contribute £21.9m per annum
thereafter in excess of an estimated £30m of regular
contributions.
The Group expects to contribute $92m in 2009 and $86m in 2010 to
its US pension plans.
Sensitivities
The net retirement benefit obligations are calculated using a
number of assumptions, the most significant being the discount
rate used to calculate the defined benefit obligation. The
effect of a one percentage point increase and decrease in the
discount rate on the defined benefit obligation and the total
pension expense is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
1% increase
|
|
|
1% decrease
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Effect on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Decrease)/increase in defined benefit obligation UK
Group plan
|
|
|
(180.1
|
)
|
|
|
209.6
|
|
(Decrease)/increase of aggregate of service cost and interest
cost UK Group plan
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
(Decrease)/increase in defined benefit obligation US
plan
|
|
|
(12.2
|
)
|
|
|
14.5
|
|
The effect of a one percentage point increase and decrease in
the assumed medical cost trend rates is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
1% increase
|
|
|
1% decrease
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Effect on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase/(decrease) in post-retirement medical benefit obligation
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
(2.9
|
)
|
Increase/(decrease) of aggregate of service cost and interest
cost
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
F-55
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Group recognised the following charges in the income
statement in respect of its equity-settled share-based payment
plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Pearson plans
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Interactive Data plans
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total share-based payment costs
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group operates the following equity-settled employee option
and share plans:
Worldwide Save for Shares Plan
Since 1994, the Group has operated a Save-As-You-Earn plan
for UK employees. In 1998, the Group introduced a Worldwide Save
for Shares Plan. Under these plans, employees can save a
portion of their monthly salary over periods of three, five or
seven years. At the end of this period, the employee has the
option to purchase ordinary shares with the accumulated funds at
a purchase price equal to 80% of the market price prevailing at
the time of the commencement of the employees
participation in the plan. Options that are not exercised within
six months of the end of the savings period lapse
unconditionally.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan In 2000,
the Group established an Employee Stock Purchase Plan which
allows all employees in the US to save a portion of their
monthly salary over six month periods. At the end of the period,
the employee has the option to purchase ADRs with their
accumulated funds at a purchase price equal to 85% of the lower
of the market price prevailing at the beginning or end of the
period.
Long-Term Incentive Plan This plan was
introduced in 2001 and renewed in 2006 and consists of two
parts: share options
and/or
restricted shares.
Options were granted under this plan in 2001 based on a
pre-grant earnings per share growth test and are not subject to
further performance conditions on exercise. The options became
exercisable in tranches and lapse if they remain unexercised at
the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.
The vesting of restricted shares is normally dependent on
continuing service over a three to five-year period, and in the
case of senior management upon the satisfaction of corporate
performance targets over a three year period. These targets may
be based on market
and/or
non-market performance criteria. Restricted shares awarded to
senior management in July 2007, March 2008 and July 2008, vest
dependent on relative shareholder return, return on invested
capital and earnings per share growth. The award was split
equally across all three measures. Other restricted shares
awarded in 2007 and 2008 vest depending on continuing service
over a three-year period.
Annual Bonus Share Matching Plan This
plan permits executive directors and senior executives around
the Group to invest up to 50% of any after tax annual bonus in
Pearson shares. If these shares are held and the Group meets an
earnings per share growth target, the company will match them on
a gross basis of up to one share for every one held.
In addition to the above, share options remain outstanding under
Executive Share Option, Reward and Special Share Option Plans.
These are legacy plans which were replaced with the introduction
of the Long-Term Incentive Plan in 2001.
F-56
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options
granted under the Groups plans are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
share
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
share
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
Outstanding at beginning of year
|
|
|
16,781
|
|
|
|
13.15
|
|
|
|
18,861
|
|
|
|
13.36
|
|
Granted during the year
|
|
|
1,437
|
|
|
|
5.35
|
|
|
|
773
|
|
|
|
6.90
|
|
Exercised during the year
|
|
|
(683
|
)
|
|
|
4.85
|
|
|
|
(1,326
|
)
|
|
|
5.80
|
|
Forfeited during the year
|
|
|
(3,082
|
)
|
|
|
11.56
|
|
|
|
(1,434
|
)
|
|
|
19.63
|
|
Expired during the year
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
|
|
6.06
|
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
7.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of year
|
|
|
14,379
|
|
|
|
13.14
|
|
|
|
16,781
|
|
|
|
13.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable at end of year
|
|
|
11,527
|
|
|
|
14.97
|
|
|
|
13,999
|
|
|
|
14.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options were exercised regularly throughout the year. The
weighted average share price during the year was £6.44
(2007: £8.02). Early exercises arising from redundancy,
retirement or death are treated as an acceleration of vesting
and the Group therefore recognises in the income statement the
amount that otherwise would have been recognised for services
received over the remainder of the original vesting period.
The options outstanding at the end of the year have weighted
average remaining contractual lives and exercise prices as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
share
|
|
|
contractual
|
|
|
share
|
|
|
contractual
|
|
Range of exercise prices
|
|
options
|
|
|
life
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
life
|
|
£
|
|
000s
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
0 5
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
|
1.23
|
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
|
1.56
|
|
5 10
|
|
|
5,113
|
|
|
|
2.84
|
|
|
|
4,909
|
|
|
|
3.22
|
|
10 15
|
|
|
5,481
|
|
|
|
1.97
|
|
|
|
7,257
|
|
|
|
2.62
|
|
15 20
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
|
0.84
|
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
|
1.85
|
|
20 25
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
2.19
|
|
>25
|
|
|
2,074
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
|
2,305
|
|
|
|
2.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,379
|
|
|
|
2.05
|
|
|
|
16,781
|
|
|
|
2.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2008 and 2007 options were granted under the Worldwide Save
for Shares Plan. The weighted average estimated fair value
for the options granted was calculated using a Black-Scholes
option pricing model.
F-57
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The weighted average estimated fair values and the inputs into
the Black-Scholes model are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
£1.67
|
|
|
|
£2.53
|
|
Weighted average share price
|
|
|
£6.96
|
|
|
|
£8.91
|
|
Weighted average exercise price
|
|
|
£5.35
|
|
|
|
£6.90
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
21.41
|
%
|
|
|
19.72
|
%
|
Expected life
|
|
|
4.1 years
|
|
|
|
4.0 years
|
|
Risk free rate
|
|
|
4.28
|
%
|
|
|
5.34
|
%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
4.54
|
%
|
|
|
3.29
|
%
|
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of
the companys share price over the previous three to seven
years depending on the vesting term of the options.
The following shares were granted under restricted share
arrangements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
Annual Bonus Share Matching Plan
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
6.73
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
7.67
|
|
Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
|
4,152
|
|
|
|
5.78
|
|
|
|
3,377
|
|
|
|
7.12
|
|
Restricted shares granted under the Annual Bonus Share Matching
Plan are valued using the share price at the date of grant.
Until 31 December 2007, they were discounted by the
dividend yield (2007: 3.26%) to take into account any dividends
foregone. From 2008, shares granted include the entitlement to
dividends during the vesting period and therefore the share
price is not discounted. The fair value of shares granted under
the Long-Term Incentive Plan that vest unconditionally is
determined using the share price at the date of grant.
Participants of the Long-Term Incentive Plan are entitled to
dividends during the vesting period. The number of shares to
vest has been adjusted, based on historical experience, to
account for any potential forfeitures.
Restricted shares with a market performance condition were
valued by an independent actuary using a Monte Carlo model.
Restricted shares with a non-market performance condition were
fair valued based on the share price at the date of grant.
Non-market performance conditions were considered by adjusting
the number of shares expected to vest based on the most likely
outcome of the relevant performance criteria.
Subsidiary
share option plans
Interactive Data, a 62% subsidiary of the Group, operates
the following share-based payment plans:
2001
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan allows all eligible
employees worldwide to purchase stock at a discounted price at
specific times.
2000
Long-Term Incentive Plan
Under this plan, the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors can grant share-based awards representing up to 20% of
the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at the
date of grant. The plan provides for the discretionary issuance
of share-based awards to directors, officers and employees of
Interactive Data, as well as persons who provide consulting or
other services to Interactive Data. The exercise price for all
options granted to date has been equal to the market price of
the underlying shares at the date of
F-58
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
grant. Options expire ten years from the date of grant and
generally vest over a three to four-year period without any
performance criteria attached.
In addition, grants of restricted stock can be made to certain
executives and members of the Board of Directors of Interactive
Data. The awarded shares are available for distribution, at no
cost, at the end of a three-year vesting period. No performance
criteria are attached to shares granted under this plan.
Interactive Data employees purchased 183,318 shares (2007:
186,343) under the 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at an
average share price of $22.95(£15.96) (2007: $17.77;
£8.93). The weighted average fair value at the date of
grant was $6.59 (£4.58) (2007: $4.76; £2.39).
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options
granted under the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
of share
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
of share
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
Outstanding at beginning of year
|
|
|
9,827
|
|
|
|
18.21
|
|
|
|
9.15
|
|
|
|
10,506
|
|
|
|
16.33
|
|
|
|
8.34
|
|
Granted during the year
|
|
|
1,449
|
|
|
|
24.95
|
|
|
|
17.35
|
|
|
|
1,560
|
|
|
|
27.17
|
|
|
|
13.65
|
|
Exercised during the year
|
|
|
(895
|
)
|
|
|
15.37
|
|
|
|
10.69
|
|
|
|
(1,935
|
)
|
|
|
14.88
|
|
|
|
7.48
|
|
Forfeited during the year
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
22.05
|
|
|
|
15.34
|
|
|
|
(293
|
)
|
|
|
20.38
|
|
|
|
10.24
|
|
Expired during the year
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
12.17
|
|
|
|
8.46
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
18.12
|
|
|
|
9.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of year
|
|
|
10,264
|
|
|
|
19.38
|
|
|
|
13.48
|
|
|
|
9,827
|
|
|
|
18.21
|
|
|
|
9.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable at end of year
|
|
|
6,865
|
|
|
|
16.89
|
|
|
|
11.75
|
|
|
|
6,199
|
|
|
|
15.27
|
|
|
|
7.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The options outstanding at the end of the year have a weighted
average remaining contractual life and exercise price as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
of share
|
|
|
contractual
|
|
|
of share
|
|
|
contractual
|
|
Range of exercise prices
|
|
options
|
|
|
life
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
life
|
|
$
|
|
000s
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
0 4.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.4 7.5
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
7.5 12
|
|
|
1,502
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
1,745
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
12 20
|
|
|
2,987
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
3,464
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
> 20
|
|
|
5,728
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
4,546
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,264
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
9,827
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-59
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The fair value of the options granted under the Long-Term
Incentive Plan and of the shares awarded under the 2001 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan was estimated using a Black-Scholes option
pricing model. The weighted average estimated fair values and
the inputs into the Black-Scholes model are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
$ 5.58
|
|
|
|
$ 6.60
|
|
|
|
$ 6.59
|
|
|
|
$ 4.76
|
|
Weighted average share price
|
|
|
$24.95
|
|
|
|
$27.17
|
|
|
|
$22.95
|
|
|
|
$17.77
|
|
Weighted average exercise price
|
|
|
$24.95
|
|
|
|
$27.17
|
|
|
|
$22.95
|
|
|
|
$17.77
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
24.20
|
%
|
|
|
23.40
|
%
|
|
|
33.70
|
%
|
|
|
20.50
|
%
|
Expected life
|
|
|
5.7 years
|
|
|
|
5.0 years
|
|
|
|
0.5 years
|
|
|
|
0.5 years
|
|
Risk free rate
|
|
|
1.5% to 3.5%
|
|
|
|
4.2% to 4.9%
|
|
|
|
2.0% to 2.4%
|
|
|
|
4.3% to 5.1%
|
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of
Interactive Datas share price over the vesting term of the
options.
During the year Interactive Data granted the following shares
under restricted share arrangements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
£
|
|
|
2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
25.43
|
|
|
|
17.69
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
27.07
|
|
|
|
13.60
|
|
Shares awarded under the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan were
valued based on the share price prevailing at the date of grant.
|
|
27.
|
Share
capital and share premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Ordinary
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
|
of shares
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
premium
|
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
At 1 January 2007
|
|
|
806,109
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
2,487
|
|
Issue of ordinary shares share option schemes
|
|
|
1,919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
808,028
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
2,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issue of ordinary shares share option schemes
|
|
|
1,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
809,276
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
2,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total authorised number of ordinary shares is 1,198m shares
(2007: 1,194m shares) with a par value of 25p per share (2007:
25p per share). All issued shares are fully paid. All shares
have the same rights.
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the
Group will be able to continue as a going concern while
maximising the return to shareholders through the optimisation
of the debt and equity balance.
The capital structure of the Group consists of debt (see
note 18), cash and cash equivalents (see
note 17) and equity attributable to equity holders of
the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained
earnings (see notes 27, 28 and 29).
F-60
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Group reviews its capital structure on a regular basis and
will balance its overall capital structure through payments of
dividends, new share issues as well as the issue of new debt or
the redemption of existing debt in line with the financial risk
policies outlined in note 19.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pearson plc
|
|
|
Interactive Data
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
000s
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
|
At 1 January 2007
|
|
|
8,761
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
6,052
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
4,900
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
1,177
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
Release of treasury shares
|
|
|
(1,900
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
11,761
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
7,229
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
2,028
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1,976
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Release of treasury shares
|
|
|
(3,341
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
10,448
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
9,205
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group holds Pearson plc shares in trust to satisfy its
obligations under its restricted share plans (see note 26).
These shares, representing 1.3% (2007: 1.5%) of
called-up
share capital, are treated as treasury shares for accounting
purposes and have a par value of 25p per share.
Interactive Data hold their own shares in respect of share
buy-back programmes. These shares are held as treasury shares
and have a par value of $0.01.
The nominal value of Pearson plc treasury shares amounts to
£2.6m (2007: £2.9m). The nominal value of Interactive
Data treasury shares amounts to £0.06m (2007: £0.04m).
At 31 December 2008 the market value of Pearson plc
treasury shares was £67.0m (2007: £86.1m) and the
market value of Interactive Data treasury shares was
£157.9m (2007: £119.9m).
F-61
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
29.
|
Other
reserves and retained earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
reserve
|
|
|
reserve
|
|
|
reserves
|
|
|
earnings
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
At 1 January 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(592
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(592
|
)
|
|
|
1,568
|
|
Net exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative translation adjustment disposed
subsidiaries
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
Dividends paid to equity holders of the company
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(238
|
)
|
Equity settled transactions
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Actuarial gains on retirement benefit obligations
Group
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
Treasury shares released under employee share plans
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
Taxation on items charged to equity
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(514
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(514
|
)
|
|
|
1,724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative translation adjustment disposed
subsidiaries
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative translation adjustment disposed joint
venture
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
Dividends paid to equity holders of the company
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(257
|
)
|
Equity settled transactions
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Actuarial losses on retirement benefit obligations
Group
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
Actuarial losses on retirement benefit obligations
associate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Treasury shares released under employee share plans
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
Taxation on items charged to equity
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 31 December 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
|
1,679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The translation reserve includes exchange differences arising
from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations
and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as
hedges of such investments. Included in the translation reserve
in 2007 was a £49m loss relating to net assets classified
as held for sale.
|
|
30.
|
Business
combinations
|
On 2 January 2008 the Group acquired 100% of Money-Media, a
US based company offering online news and commentary for the
money management industry. On 30 January 2008 the Group
completed its acquisition of 100% of Harcourt Assessment after
receiving clearance from the US Department of Justice.
F-62
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The provisional assets and liabilities arising from acquisitions
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harcourt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assessment
|
|
|
Money-Media
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
Intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
Financial liabilities Borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Current income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
Net deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Satisfied by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(321
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(394
|
)
|
|
|
(468
|
)
|
Deferred consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Net prior year adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(324
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
(399
|
)
|
|
|
(491
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying value of net assets/(liabilities) acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Fair value adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The goodwill arising on the acquisition of Harcourt Assessment
and Money-Media results from substantial cost and revenue
synergies and from benefits that cannot be separately
recognised, such as the assembled workforce.
The fair value adjustments relating to these acquisitions were
finalised during 2008.
F-63
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harcourt Assessment
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
value adjs
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
Intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
48
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired at fair value
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money-Media
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
value adjs
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired at fair value
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash
outflow on acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Cash Current year acquisitions
|
|
|
(394
|
)
|
|
|
(468
|
)
|
|
|
(382
|
)
|
Cash Acquisitions yet to complete
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred payments for prior year acquisitions and other items
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents acquired
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash outflow on acquisition
|
|
|
(395
|
)
|
|
|
(472
|
)
|
|
|
(363
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harcourt Assessment contributed £150m of sales and
£25m to the Groups profit before tax between the date
of acquisition and the balance sheet date. Money-Media
contributed £9m of sales and £4m to the Groups
profit before tax between the date of acquisition and the
balance sheet date. Other businesses acquired contributed
£2m to the Groups sales and £1m to the
Groups profit before tax between the date of acquisition
and the balance sheet date.
If the acquisitions had been completed on 1 January 2008,
the Group estimates that sales for the period would have been
£4,826m and profit before tax would have been £587m.
F-64
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
31.
|
Non-current
assets classified as held for sale
|
In 2007, assets classified as held for sale related to Data
Management. The Group recognised an impairment on the goodwill
allocated to the Data Management business in anticipation of the
loss on disposal (see note 3). There are no assets or
liabilities classified as held for sale at the 2008 balance
sheet date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Intangible assets Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
Intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets classified as held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities directly associated with non-current assets
classified as held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets classified as held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Disposal of subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets Pre-publication
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Attributable goodwill
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Cumulative translation adjustment
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets disposed
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(176
|
)
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash received
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Deferred receipts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other proceeds received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss)/profit on sale
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-65
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Cash flow from disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Current year disposals
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Costs paid
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents disposed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash inflow
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Further details of the Data Management business disposal are
shown in note 3.
|
|
33.
|
Cash
generated from operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Net profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
Adjustments for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
Amortisation of purchased intangible assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Adjustment on recognition of pre-acquisition deferred tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Amortisation of other intangible assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Net finance costs
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Loss/(profit) on sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment of discontinued operation
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net foreign exchange adjustment from transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
Share-based payment costs
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Pre-publication
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
Trade and other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(126
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated from operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated from operations is translated at an exchange
rate approximating to the rate at the date of cash flow. In 2008
the difference between this rate and the average rate used to
translate profit gives rise to a large currency adjustment in
the reconciliation between net profit and net cash generated
from operations. This adjustment reflects the timing difference
between recognition of profit and the related cash receipts or
payments.
Included in net cash generated from operations is an amount of
£nil (2007: £7m; 2006: £33m) relating to
discontinued operations.
F-66
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
In the cash flow statement, proceeds from sale of property,
plant and equipment comprise:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Net book amount
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal other non-cash transactions are movements in
finance lease obligations of £2m (2007: £4m; 2006:
£4m).
There are contingent Group liabilities that arise in the normal
course of business in respect of indemnities, warranties and
guarantees in relation to former subsidiaries and in respect of
guarantees in relation to subsidiaries and associates. In
addition there are contingent liabilities of the Group in
respect of legal claims. None of these claims are expected to
result in a material gain or loss to the Group.
Capital
commitments
Capital expenditure contracted for at the balance sheet date but
not yet incurred is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group leases various offices and warehouses under
non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The leases have
varying terms and renewal rights. The Group also leases various
plant and equipment under operating lease agreements, also with
varying terms. The lease expenditure charged to the income
statement during the year is disclosed in note 4.
The future aggregate minimum lease payments in respect of
operating leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
All figures in £ millions
|
|
|
Not later than one year
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
Later than one year and not later than two years
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
Later than two years and not later than three years
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
Later than three years and not later than four years
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Later than four years and not later than five years
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
Later than five years
|
|
|
970
|
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,612
|
|
|
|
1,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36.
|
Related
party transactions
|
Joint ventures and associates Amounts
advanced to joint ventures and associates during the year and at
the balance sheet date are set out in note 12. Amounts
falling due from joint ventures and associates are set out in
note 22.
F-67
Key management personnel are deemed to be the
members of the board of directors of Pearson plc. It is this
board which has responsibility for planning, directing and
controlling the activities of the Group. Key management
personnel compensation is disclosed in the directors
remuneration report.
There were no other material related party transactions.
No guarantees have been provided to related parties.
|
|
37.
|
Events
after the balance sheet date
|
During 2008 Pearsons International Education business
announced its intention to increase its stakes in Longman
Nigeria from 29% to 51% for £9m and Maskew Miller Longman
(MML), its South African publishing business, from 50% to 85%.
Under the terms of the MML agreement, Pearson intends to create
a new Southern Africa business and in return for the increased
stake in MML our current joint venture partner will receive
£46m in cash and a 15% interest in Pearsons Heinemann
and Edexcel businesses in that region.
In addition Pearsons International Education business also
announced the acquisition of Fronter, a European online learning
company based in Oslo, for £16m.
The Longman Nigeria acquisition completed in early January 2009
and the Fronter acquisition in February 2009. The MML
transaction is expected to complete in the second quarter of
2009 following regulatory approval.
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets the requirements
for filing on
Form 20-F
and that it has caused and authorized the undersigned to sign
this annual report on its behalf.
Pearson plc
Robin Freestone
Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 26, 2009
F-68